Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31,, 2019

OR

2022

or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to

_______________

Commission File Number 001-38823

hyln-20221231_g1.jpg
HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Tortoise Acquisition Corp.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)Delaware83-2538002

Delaware

83-2538002

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of
Incorporation
incorporation
or Organization)organization)
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5100 W. 115th Place

Leawood, KS

1202 BMC Drive, Suite 100
Cedar Park, Texas

66211

78613
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)principal executive offices)(Zip code)

(913) 981-1020

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (833) 495-4466
Securities registeredRegistered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and
one-half of one redeemable warrantCommon Stock
HYLNThe New York Stock Exchange
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001$0.0001 per shareNew York Stock Exchange
Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per shareNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨    No 

þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ¨    No 

þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ    No 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes þ    No 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   ☐Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨    No 

As of June 28, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, theþ

The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common stockequity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $227.9 million, determined usingas of June 30, 2022, based upon the per share closing price of such stock on theThe New York Stock Exchange on thatsuch date of $9.85. Shares of common stock$3.22, was $432 million. This calculation excludes shares held by each directorthe registrant’s current directors and executive officer (and their respective affiliates)officers and each person who owns 10 percent or morestockholders that the registrant has concluded are affiliates of the outstandingregistrant. 
As of February 17, 2023, 179,986,901 shares of the registrant’s common stock, or who is otherwise believed by the registrant to be in a control position have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of March 20, 2020, 23,300,917 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,825,230 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, were outstanding.

TablePortions of Contents

Page
PART I1
Item 1.Business.1
Item 1A.Risk Factors.20
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.50
Item 2.Properties.50
Item 3.Legal Proceedings.50
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.50
PART II51
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.51
Item 6.Selected Financial Data.52
Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.52
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.56
Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.F-1
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.57
Item 9A Controls and Procedures.57
Item 9B. Other Information.57
PART III58
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.58
Item 11. Executive Compensation.66
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.66
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.68
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.70
PART IV71
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.71

i

CERTAIN TERMS

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Tortoise Acquisition Corp., a blank check company incorporated on November 7, 2018 as a Delaware corporation and formedregistrant’s definitive proxy statement for the purpose2023 Annual Meeting of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses,Stockholders, to be filed no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which we refer to throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as our “initial business combination.” References to our “Sponsor” refer to Tortoise Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. References to “Tortoise”relates, are to Tortoise Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “Tortoise Funds” are to the investment vehicles for which Tortoise provides asset management services. References to “equity-linked securities” are to any securitiesincorporated by reference into Part III of the Company or any of our subsidiaries which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, equity securities of the Company or such subsidiary, including any securities issued by the Company or any of our subsidiaries which are pledged to secure any obligation of any holder to purchase equity securities of the Company or any of our subsidiaries. References to the “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. References to our “Initial Public Offering” refer to our initial public offering, which closed on March 4, 2019 (the “Closing Date”). References to “public shares” are to shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in our Initial Public Offering. References to “public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes10-K.



Table of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizationsContents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
F-1

i

Table of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in thisContents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K may include, for example, statements about:

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account described below or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the proceeds from the sale of the forward purchase securities being available to us;

ii

the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

our financial performance.

The(“Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

iii

PART I

Item 1.Business.

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated on November 7, 2018 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunities to enter into an initial business combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete an initial business combination with any of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business.

In November 2018, our Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend of 718,750 shares of our Class B common stock, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares (up to 843,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering did not exercise their over-allotment option). Also in February 2019, our Sponsor transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Tortoise Borrower, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tortoise Borrower”) and an affiliate of our Sponsor. On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, our Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by us. On March 4, 2019, Tortoise Borrower transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Atlas Point Energy Infrastructure Fund, LLC (“Atlas Point Fund”), which is a fund managed by CIBC National Trust but is not affiliated with us or our Sponsor, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement (as defined below) and our Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors. The holders of our Founder Shares prior to our Initial Public Offering are referred to herein as our “initial stockholders.”

On the Closing Date, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 23,300,917 units (the “Units”), including 800,917 Units that were issued pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $233.0 million. Each Unit consists of one share of our Class A common stock and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant (a “public warrant”) entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, and only whole warrants are exercisable. The public warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and 12 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

On March 4, 2019, simultaneously with the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, we completed the private sale of 6,660,183 private placement warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant to Tortoise Borrower, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $6.66 million. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Approximately $233.0 million of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants has been deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of our public stockholders (the “Trust Account”).

In connection with our Initial Public Offering, Atlas Point Fund entered into an amended and restated forward purchase agreement (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) with us that provides for the purchase by Atlas Point fund of up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of units (the “Forward Purchase Units”), consisting of one share of Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase Shares”) and one-half of one redeemable warrant (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share (such Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share or the Forward Purchase Units, as the case may be, the “Forward Purchase Securities”), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. The Forward Purchase Agreement also provides that Atlas Point Fund will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the Forward Purchase Securities. The Forward Purchase Agreement is subject to conditions, including Atlas Point Fund giving the Company its irrevocable written consent, which Atlas Point Fund may grant or withhold in its sole discretion, to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after the Company notifies it of the Company’s intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed initial business combination.


We received gross proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants of approximately $233.0 million and $6.66 million, respectively, for an aggregate of approximately $239.66 million. Approximately $233.0 million of the gross proceeds were deposited into the Trust Account. The approximately $233.0 million of net proceeds held in the Trust Account includes approximately $8.13 million of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that will be released to the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering upon completion of our initial business combination. Of the gross proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants that were not deposited in the Trust Account, approximately $4.64 million was used to pay underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with our Initial Public Offering, approximately $580,000 was used to repay loans and advances from our Sponsor, and the balance was reserved to pay accrued offering and formation costs, business, legal and accounting due diligence expenses on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

The shares of our Class B common stock that we issued prior to the Closing Date will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in our Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of the initial business combination (other than the Forward Purchase Securities), the ratio at which the shares of our Class B common stock will convert into shares of our Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of our Initial Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding the Forward Purchase Securities and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination).

On April 19, 2019, we announced that, commencing April 22, 2019, holders of the Units sold in our Initial Public Offering may elect to separately trade the shares of Class A common stock and public warrants included in the Units. The shares of Class A common stock and public warrants that are separated trade on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “SHLL” and “SHLL WS,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “SHLL.U.”

Our Company

We are a recently organized blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation in November 2018 and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as our initial business combination. We intend to acquire and operate a business in the energy industry and believe our management team together with Tortoise, an affiliate of our Sponsor, are well suited to identify opportunities that have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders, although we may pursue a business combination opportunity in any business or industry.

We intend to identify and acquire a business that could benefit from a hands-on owner with extensive operational experience in the energy sector and that presents potential for an attractive risk-adjusted return profile under our stewardship. Even fundamentally sound companies can often under-perform their potential due to a temporary period of dislocation in the markets in which they operate, inefficient capital allocation, over-levered capital structures, excessive cost structures, incomplete management teams or inappropriate business strategies. Our management team has extensive experience in the energy industry, ranging from acquiring and developing assets and companies, managing companies, including a publicly traded company, and making joint venture investments to selling companies in private sales or public transactions. Additionally, affiliates of our Sponsor have a long track record of making investments in publicly traded and privately held companies operating in the energy sector. We believe this experience makes us very well situated to identify, source, negotiate and execute an initial business combination with an attractive energy-related target.


We believe a key advantage in sourcing potential business combination targets is our extensive network of contacts which include senior contacts in the energy industry, investment banking, private equity and other financial sponsors and owners of private businesses.

Our Sponsor, Tortoise Sponsor LLC, is an entity owned by an affiliate of Tortoise and members of our management. Founded in 2002, Tortoise has a family of investment funds with over $21.3 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2019. For more than sixteen years, Tortoise has distinguished itself by being a market innovator and introduced the first direct placement, SEC-registered midstream oriented closed-end fund and North American pipeline fund. Tortoise has built a successful track record through a disciplined investment framework with expertise that spans across the entire energy value chain in addition to sustainable infrastructure, including wind, solar and battery storage assets. Tortoise has a robust deal flow track record and a long history of partnering with public and private equity investors across many of the leading companies in the energy sector, completing over 80 prior direct investment transactions through various vehicles across the firm. As a result of its investment activities, Tortoise has developed deep industry relationships within the broad energy sector. We believe the reputation and expertisemeaning of Tortoise and our management team in the energy industry will make us a preferred partner for potential business combination targets.

Our objective is to generate attractive returns for our stockholders. We will seek to do this by utilizing a disciplined investment process when reviewing candidates for our initial business combination. Our management team includes industry experts with the ability to identify attractive business combination candidates and capitalize on favorable industry trends. The breadth and depth of our operating and investing experience will enable us to consider candidates in multiple sectors within the energy industry and target the area with the most compelling potential returns. We believe this flexibility increases the probability of successfully executing our business strategy.

We will seek to capitalize on the approximately 25 years of experience in the energy industry of our Chief Executive Officer, Vincent Cubbage. In 2006, Mr. Cubbage founded Lightfoot Capital Partners LP (together with its general partner, “Lightfoot Capital”), an energy-focused private investment vehicle, to make opportunistic investments in energy related companies or assets, raising private capital for investments from a number of leading energy investors that were part of Lightfoot Capital’s private investor group, including Tortoise, Blackrock, Magnetar Capital, GE Energy Financial Services and Atlas Energy. As the Chief Executive Officer of Lightfoot Capital, Mr. Cubbage led the investment strategy of the firm and oversaw the evaluation and detailed diligence process of hundreds of potential acquisition and investment opportunities across the broad natural resources and industrial sectors.

From 2007 to 2017, Mr. Cubbage was responsible for overseeing the acquisition, development and sale of two operating companies following the completion of 14 bolt-on acquisitions. Mr. Cubbage spearheaded Lightfoot Capital’s development of International Resource Partners LP, a natural resources mining company that was sold in 2011 for $475 million. In 2013, after developing an initial set of terminal assets into a public company scale business, Mr. Cubbage guided the initial public offering of Arc Logistics Partners (NYSE: ARCX), and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Arc Logistics Partners grew under Mr. Cubbage’s leadership from its initial asset base of seven terminals and 1.5 million barrels of storage capacity in 2007 to 21 terminals located throughout the United States with 7.8 million barrels of storage capacity in 2017. Mr. Cubbage managed the process for the sale of Arc Logistics Partners, which had an enterprise value of approximately $692.5 million when sold at the end of 2017.

Prior to founding Lightfoot Capital, Mr. Cubbage was a Senior Managing Director and Head of the Midstream sector in the investment banking division of Banc of America Securities, where he led the origination and execution of numerous transactions across a broad array of strategic opportunities and capital market issuers. Prior to joining Banc of America Securities, Mr. Cubbage was a Vice President at Salomon Smith Barney in the Global Energy and Power Group.


Through his experience as founder and Chief Executive Officer of Lightfoot Capital and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Arc Logistics Partners, together with his experience as an energy-sector investment banker for over 12 years, Mr. Cubbage developed deep contacts within the energy and private equity industries and with investment and commercial banking firms. We believe these contacts will help us source our initial business combination. Mr. Cubbage also developed significant practical experience and strong leadership abilities in operating both publicly traded and privately held companies as well as considerable commercial and technical knowledge of companies operating within the energy sector. In particular, Mr. Cubbage’s prior experience in energy-related merger and acquisition transactions makes him well suited to direct and oversee our management team to:

source potential attractive acquisition candidates or assets for our initial business combination and capitalize on favorable industry trends;

simultaneously evaluate multiple acquisition and investment opportunities;

complete detailed due diligence analysis of both industry and business issues affecting acquisition candidates on a timely basis; and

structure, negotiate the terms of and consummate complex transactions, including any debt or equity financing for our initial business combination.

With respect to the foregoing examples, past performance of Tortoise or Lightfoot Capital, including by our management team, is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of Tortoise or Lightfoot Capital or our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance.

We have entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Atlas Point Fund, which is a fund managed by CIBC National Trust but is not affiliated with us or our Sponsor, agreed to purchase up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of Forward Purchase Units for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. Whether we will issue Atlas Point Fund Forward Purchase Units valued at $10.00 per unit or Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share will be determined at our election, and in our sole discretion, at least 10 business days prior to the closing of our initial business combination. Each whole forward purchase warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. The Forward Purchase Warrants have the same terms as the public warrants and the Forward Purchase Shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in our Initial Public Offering, except the Forward Purchase Shares and the Forward Purchase Warrants are subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights. The funds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination, and any excess funds may be used for the working capital needs of the post-transaction company. This agreement is independent of the percentage of stockholders electing to redeem their public shares and may provide us with an increased minimum funding level for the initial business combination. The Forward Purchase Agreement is subject to conditions, including Atlas Point Fund giving us its irrevocable written consent to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after we notify it of our intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed business combination. Atlas Point Fund may grant or withhold its consent to the purchase entirely within its sole discretion. Accordingly, if Atlas Point Fund does not consent to the purchase, it will not be obligated to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities. Please see the risk factor entitled “In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management may consider the availability of funds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities, which may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If Atlas Point Fund decides not to exercise its right to purchase all or some of the Forward Purchase Securities, we may decide not to consummate our initial business combination, or if we decide to, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination” for more information. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, we granted Atlas Point Fund the right to appoint a single observer to our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. Such observer does not have voting rights or otherwise have any of the powers of a member of our board of directors.

We believe our ability to complete an initial business combination will be enhanced by our entering into this Forward Purchase Agreement with Atlas Point Fund.


None of our officers or directors has served as a sponsor, director or officer of any blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify, combine with and maximize the value of a company with operations in the energy industry. We will focus our efforts on opportunities where we feel we have a competitive advantage and are best situated to enhance the value of the business after completion of the initial business combination. The ultimate goal of this business strategy is to maximize stockholder value.

We believe that current market conditions in the energy sector present an opportunity for attractive acquisitions, including but not limited to reverse IPOs, non-core asset sales, undervalued or underperforming assets, restructuring transactions and distressed corporate divestitures. We believe that the deep industry and investing experience of our Sponsor, combined with the extensive experience of our Chief Executive Officer as the prior leader of a NYSE-listed company in the energy sector, founder and Chief Executive Officer of a private investment vehicle in the energy sector and senior energy-sector investment banker, makes us very well positioned to identify, source, negotiate and execute a business combination with attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders.

Our management team also includes other selected former employees of Lightfoot Capital who have extensive experience in identifying, evaluating, negotiating and completing the types of transactions that we plan to pursue for our initial business combination. Mr. Cubbage and the other members of our management team that were formerly affiliated with Lightfoot Capital are principally dedicated to executing our business plan, which we believe is a key competitive advantage.

Our management team and the investment professionals at Tortoise have an extensive network of senior contacts within the energy industry including corporate executives, investment banking professionals, private equity and other financial sponsors, and owners of private businesses. In addition, Tortoise has a long history of partnering with leading public and private equity investors in the energy sector. We believe this network is a key competitive advantage in sourcing attractive business combination targets that meet our criteria, and that the reputation and expertise of our management team and Tortoise in the energy industry will make us a preferred partner for potential business combination counterparties.

Our management team brings a diversity of transactional and investing experience that will enable us to evaluate opportunities across multiple sectors within the energy industry. Tortoise’s expertise spans energy investing across the entire energy value chain in addition to sustainable infrastructure including wind, solar and water infrastructure, credit investing, direct lending to social infrastructure projects and index construction. Tortoise has deep industry relationships and a robust deal flow track record, completing over 80 prior direct investment transactions through various investment vehicles across the firm. Furthermore, we believe Tortoise’s extensive track record of public and private investments, including PIPEs, provides valuable expertise in evaluating and executing capital markets transactions. As an investment banker and the Chief Executive Officer of Lightfoot Capital and Arc Logistics Partners, our Chief Executive Officer oversaw the evaluation of hundreds of acquisitions and investments in the energy sector. We believe the breadth of Tortoise’s and our Chief Executive Officer’s investment activities in the energy industry is a competitive advantage.

We believe that the operational experience of our management team should enable us to enhance the strategic and operational performance of the assets and businesses that we acquire in order to maximize value for stockholders. This may include improving operating efficiencies and margins, driving revenue growth, investing in organic growth projects and pursuing future strategic acquisitions or divestitures. We believe our expertise in identifying and sourcing undervalued investment opportunities combined with our operational proficiency in unlocking value provides a competitive advantage relative to other strategic and financial buyers.

Our Sponsor and management team have a deep understanding of capital markets, which we believe is an important aspect of a special purpose acquisition company management team. We believe that the combination of Mr. Cubbage and Tortoise’s experience and network in the public equity markets will allow us to effectively finance and structure the business combination transaction.

We believe our management team whose collective experience and network, combined with resources available to us from Tortoise, will allow us to pursue a number of transaction opportunities concurrently and expedite the time required from initial identification of an opportunity to transaction announcement.

5

Business Combination Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating candidates for our initial business combination. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating business combination opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to focus on candidates that we believe:

will benefit from our team’s operating expertise, technical expertise, structuring expertise, extensive network, insight and capital markets expertise in the energy industry;

exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics, desirable returns on capital, and a need for capital to achieve the company’s growth strategy, that we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our analysis and due diligence review;

are at an inflection point, such as requiring additional management expertise, are able to innovate through new operational techniques, or where we believe we can drive improved financial performance;

have opportunities to grow the business through organic growth projects and third-party acquisitions;

will be well received by public investors and are expected to have good access to the public capital markets;

are engaged in activities that are consistent with Tortoise’s view of macro trends in the energy industry; and

are expected to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the SEC.

Initial Business Combination

The NYSE rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in the Trust Account). Our board will make the determination as to the fair market value of a target business or businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of a target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the board is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business or there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the company’s assets or prospects.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, which must include a majority of our independent directors and each of the non-independent directors nominated by our Sponsor, to approve our initial business combination.


We may, at our option, pursue a business combination opportunity jointly with one or more entities affiliated with Tortoise and/or one or more investors in funds or separate accounts managed by Tortoise, which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties would co-invest only if (i) permitted by applicable regulatory and other legal limitations; (ii) we and Tortoise considered such a transaction to be mutually beneficial to us as well as the affiliated entity; and (iii) other business reasons exist to do so, such as the strategic merits of including such co-investors, the need for additional capital beyond the amount held in our Trust Account to fund the business combination transaction and/or the desire to obtain committed capital for closing the business combination transaction. An Affiliated Joint Acquisition may be effected through a co-investment with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the business combination by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance.” The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B common stock, any such specified future issuance (other than the Forward Purchase Securities) would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of our Initial Public Offering plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance (excluding the Forward Purchase Securities and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination), unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our Class B common stock would then agree to so waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. They may waive such adjustment due to (but not limited to) the following: (i) closing conditions which are part of the agreement for our initial business combination; (ii) negotiation with Class A stockholders on structuring an initial business combination; (iii) negotiation with parties providing financing which would trigger the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B common stock; or (iv) as part of the Affiliated Joint Acquisition. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class B common stock, but would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class A common stock. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of both classes of our common stock.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination either (i) in such a way so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses, or (ii) in such a way so that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders, or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisition. However, we will only complete a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Our Business Combination Process

In evaluating prospective business combinations, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review process. This due diligence review process will be specific to the target business, but will include, among other things, a review of historical and projected financial and operating data, meetings with management and their financial sponsors (if applicable), an assessment of the commodity price risk of the business and our ability to mitigate such risks with hedges, on-site inspection of assets, discussion with customers, legal and environmental reviews and other reviews as we deem appropriate. We will also utilize our expertise and Tortoise’s expertise operating energy-related assets and evaluating operating projections, financial projections and determining the appropriate return expectations given the risk profile of the target business.


We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Tortoise or our officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Tortoise or our officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and our independent directors own (directly or indirectly) Founder Shares and/or Private Placement Warrants. Accordingly, members of our management team and our board of directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were to be included as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Tortoise and each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. For example, Tortoise and certain of its officers currently are obligated by contract to offer or allocate certain investment opportunities first to specific private funds managed by them. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of Tortoise and our officers or directors will not materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which Tortoise or an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the business combination by making a specified future issuance to any such entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our officers and directors have agreed not to become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Our Management Team

Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any members of our management team will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

We believe our management team’s operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies provides us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions. See “Part III, Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” for a more complete description of our management team’s experience.


Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of shares of our Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests and the ability to use its equity as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified byand Section 21E of the Jumpstart Our Business StartupsSecurities Exchange Act of 20121934, as amended (the “JOBS“Exchange Act”). As such, weAll statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies”forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligationsstatements regarding executive compensation in our periodic reportsstrategy, prospects, plans, objectives, future operations, future revenue and proxy statements,earnings, projected margins and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading marketexpenses, markets for our securitiesservices, potential acquisitions or strategic alliances, financial position, and liquidity and anticipated cash needs and availability. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would,” variations of such words and similar expressions or the prices ofnegatives thereof are intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements represent our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 millionmanagement’s expectations as of the prior June 30th,date of this filing and (2)involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance and achievements, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the private placementaccuracy of the Private Placement Warrantsforward-looking statements, and Forward Purchase Securities, our capital stock, debt or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or businessyou should be aware that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companiesresults and businesses.


If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds releasedevents could differ materially and adversely from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds heldcontained in the Trust Account or because we become obligatedforward-looking statements due to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, or if Atlas Point Fund decides not to exercise its right to purchase all of the Forward Purchase Securities, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the track recordrisks and business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the Trust Account. In no event, however, will our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We have agreed to pay our Sponsor (or an affiliate thereof) a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services and to reimburse our Sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or from making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.


If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. We may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

The NYSE rules require that our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in the Trust Account). The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% of net assets test.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review, which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. The company will not pay any consulting fees to members of our management team, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our initial business combination.

11

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. By completing our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, subject to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of TransactionWhether
Stockholder
Approval is
Required
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the companyNo
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the companyNo
Merger of the company with a targetYes

Under the NYSE’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

we issue shares of Class A common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;


any of our directors, officers or substantial security holders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of shares of common stock to be issued, or if the number of shares of common stock into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of shares of common stock or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors or officers or (b) 5% of the number of shares of common stock or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial security holders; or

the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and the rules of the NYSE. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors, Atlas Point Fund and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders (in the case of shares of Class A common stock) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the stockholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.


Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) of and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) of or Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering. Our Sponsor, officers and directors and Atlas Point Fund have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares held by them and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target business in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote unless stockholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.


If we hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their Founder Shares and any public shares purchased during or after our Initial Public Offering in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ Founder Shares, we would need 8,737,844, or 37.5%, of the 23,300,917 public shares sold in our Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors and Atlas Point Fund have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of a business combination.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

15

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Stockholder Approval

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our Sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 20% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we have 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 24-month period we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors and Atlas Point Fund have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. However, if our Sponsor, officers or directors acquire public shares in or after our Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such an amendment would need to be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 65% of all then-outstanding shares of our common stock.


We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts held outside the Trust Account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the Trust Account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors (other than our independent public accountants), service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Accountuncertainties including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds heldthose described in the Trust Account. If any third party refusessection entitled “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents we file from time to execute an agreement waivingtime with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or the “SEC”) that disclose risks and uncertainties that may affect our business. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents we file from time to time with the Commission. Furthermore, such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and willforward-looking statements speak only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by law, we do not undertake, and expressly disclaim any duty, to publicly update or revise these statements, whether as a result of new information, new developments, or otherwise and even if experience or future changes make it clear that any projected results expressed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or future quarterly reports, press releases or company statements will not be realized. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the liquidation offorward-looking statements in this Form 10-K do not reflect the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, less franchise and income taxes payable, except as to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiverpotential impact of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whetherdivestitures, mergers, acquisitions or not such waiver is enforceable) and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, weother business combinations that have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations, and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.


In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Accountbeen completed as of the date of this filing. In addition, the liquidationinclusion of any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10-K does not constitute an admission by us that the Trust Account, due to reductionsevents or circumstances described in valuesuch statement are material. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. In addition, the trust assets,industry in each case including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, less franchise and income taxes payable, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent public accountants), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distributionoperate is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent public accountants), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account.


If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Limited Payments to Insiders

There will be no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments made by the Company to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, other than the following payments, none of which will be made from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

repayment of up to an aggregate of $300,000 in loans made to us by our Sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

reimbursement for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to us by our Sponsor (or an affiliate thereof), in an amount equal to $10,000 per month;

reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

repayment of loans which may be made by our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.


Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have four officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our Units, Class A common stock and public warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) sent to stockholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), or reconciled to GAAP, or International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that any applicable requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

Item 1A.Risk Factors.

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully alluncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors including those described in the risks described below, together with thesection entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Note Regarding Third-Party Information
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. This information includes a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents we file from time to time with the Commission that disclose risks and uncertainties that may affect our business. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially and adversely from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.
Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this document to “Hyliion,” “our company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar names refer to Hyliion Holdings Corp. and, where appropriate, its subsidiary.
ii

Part I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Hyliion is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Cedar Park, Texas, and became a NYSE listed company as a result of the merger consummated pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated June 18, 2020, between Tortoise Acquisition Corp. and each of the shareholders of Hyliion Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Business Combination”).
Our mission is to be the leading provider of electrified solutions for the commercial vehicle industry as well as other industries. Our goal is to reduce the carbon intensity and greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions in the transportation sector by providing electrified solutions for Class 8 vehicles that both aim to reduce the cost of operation and promote the usage of existing fueling infrastructure. Our current products and products under development utilize control software, data analytics, battery systems, fully integrated electric motors, and power electronics to produce our electrified powertrain systems.
We currently offer the Hyliion Hybrid (“Hybrid”) system, which is an electrified powertrain system that augments existing Class 8 semi-trucks and aims to improve vehicle performance or reduce fuel usage, depending on application. The Hybrid system can either be installed on a new vehicle prior to entering service or retrofit onto an existing in-service vehicle. This feature gives our customers the flexibility to continue using their preferred vehicle brands and maintain their existing fleet maintenance and operations strategies.
We began selling the Hybrid system in late 2021 and it has been installed on a variety of our customers’ commercial vehicles, utilizing multiple original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) platforms. Our Hybrid system deployments are with innovative fleets in the transportation and logistics sector and include a variety of duty cycles, use cases and geographical regions. A common application is to install the Hybrid system on a compressed natural gas (“CNG”)-powered truck with a conventional drivetrain. The Hybrid system aims to improve performance by giving a power boost to the CNG drivetrain when needed, along with regenerative braking and an optional fully electric auxiliary power system. Across these customer installations, and over the entire Hyliion fleet, we have accumulated millions of real-world road miles on Class 8 semi-trucks.
We also plan to offer the Hypertruck ERX powertrain platform (“Hypertruck ERX system”), which is a complete electrified powertrain system leveraging an onboard CNG-fueled generator to supplement battery range to transform an OEM platform into a range-extended electric vehicle (“REEV”). Both solutions aim to support our customers’ pursuit of sustainability and financial statementsgoals by reducing GHG emissions and operating costs while utilizing existing fueling infrastructure. We plan to begin commercialization of the Hypertruck ERX system in late 2023 and our first application will be deployed on a Class 8 Peterbilt 579 sleeper semi-truck.
The Hypertruck ERX system leverages the experience and operating data from our Hybrid system to offer a solution to replace the traditional diesel or CNG powertrain installed in new vehicles. Its onboard CNG generator functions as an electric range-extender, addressing the market need of having a fully electric drive truck that can travel long distance between refuels without relying on a broadly-distributed and reliable electric recharging network, as battery electric vehicles (“BEVs”) do. The systems batteries are recharged by the onboard CNG generator, which when fueled by renewable natural gas (“RNG”), can offer commercial vehicle owners a net-carbon-negative-capable electrified powertrain option.
We believe CNG/RNG is the appropriate fuel source today, as it is cleaner and less expensive than diesel and broadly available. Over time, other fuels are expected to become available in the future to reduce emissions, including hydrogen. Therefore, we have showcased a multistage roadmap that starts with utilizing a CNG/RNG generator and evolves into offering hydrogen-based solutions as well. The control software driving the Hypertruck system is designed to be easily adaptable to different fuel and generator types in accordance with customer and regulatory requirements, thereby reducing future capital investment and time to market.
For long-haul trucking, an electric powertrain with a CNG-fueled range extender generator is preferable today to a pure BEV due to both the comparable cost of fuels and existing availability of CNG fueling infrastructure compared to electric battery charging infrastructure. Class 8 semi-trucks can currently be refueled with CNG through an existing, geographically diverse, public and truck-accessible network of natural gas refueling stations established across North America. Globally, RNG, CNG and liquified natural gas (“LNG”) are also used widely used for land-based transport and trucking. We therefore believe there is a greater opportunity for more rapid adoption of our electrified powertrain solutions across the U.S., Europe, and other countries compared to pure electric solutions, because of the extended range available between refueling events and due to the greater availability of refueling infrastructure compared to other electrified solutions.
In September 2022 we acquired assets including new hydrogen and fuel-agnostic-capable generator technology from General Electric Company's GE Additive business. The KARNO generator emerged out of GE’s long-running R&D investments in metal additive manufacturing across multiple industries and in areas such as generator thermal and performance design. Initial testing indicates the KARNO generator is expected to comply with emissions standards of the California Air Resources Board
1

(“CARB”) and the U.S. Environment Protection Agency (“EPA”), even when utilizing conventional fuels. The technology is also expected to achieve a meaningful efficiency improvement over today’s conventional internal combustion engine (“ICE”) generators and could be more efficient than most available fuel cells. We expect these efficiency improvements to in turn enable fuel cost reductions and improved vehicle range while reducing operating costs. The technology should also provide for significant reductions in noise, vibration, moving parts and maintenance compared to conventional ICE generators. The KARNO generator is expected to be capable of operating with over 20 different fuel types including hydrogen, natural gas, propane, ammonia and conventional fossil fuels. The technology uses heat to drive a sealed linear generator to produce electricity. The heat is produced by reacting fuels through flameless oxidation or by other heat sources including renewables.
We plan to initially release the Hypertruck ERX system, followed by a variant utilizing the fuel-agnostic Hyliion KARNO (“KARNO”) generator technology (“Hypertruck KARNO”), and a variant equipped with a hydrogen fuel cell generator (“Hypertruck Fuel Cell”).
Market Opportunity
Our solutions currently address Class 8 vehicles, with an intent to begin deployments in North America, and then potentially expanding to global markets outside of North America. Based on ACT Research’s estimates, the North American Class 8 truck market is expected to average almost 300,000 new units per year between 2023 and 2027. During that time, we expect the regulatory environment to further disincentivize the production and purchase of diesel-powered Class 8 vehicles. Increased costs for diesel-powered Class 8 vehicles along with the fuel to operate them is expected to make electrified alternatives like the Hypertruck ERX system more favorable on a relative total cost of ownership (“TCO”) basis. Similarly, we expect fleets to continue to be influenced by customer and other stakeholder demands to reduce emissions from their transportation operations, thus providing an additional catalyst to transition to low-emission vehicles in the Class 8 space. We view existing plug-in commercial BEVs and commercial fuel cell electric vehicles (“FCEVs”) as unlikely to fulfill the fleet demand created by these factors in the near term, due to their range limitations and dependence on costly and scarce fueling infrastructure.
Current and anticipated regulations at the state and federal level are also expected to create greater demand for cleaner commercial vehicles, including zero emission vehicles (“ZEVs”) like BEVs and FCEVs and near-zero emission vehicles (“NZEVs”) like the Hypertruck ERX system. For example, CARB has adopted an Advanced Clean Trucks (“ACT”) rule that requires heavy-duty vehicle manufacturers to produce and sell in California a certain number of zero-emission vehicles. In addition to California, a growing number of other states follow CARB's regulatory framework and are also adopting ACT. If heavy-duty vehicle manufacturers do not meet the applicable requirements, they will be deemed unable to sell the rest of their portfolio in that state, creating a significant incentive to deploy ZEV and NZEV vehicles that meet the needs of fleet customers. CARB is also considering a fleet-facing zero-emission vehicle mandate called Advanced Clean Fleet (“ACF”), which acts in a similar manner to ACT by requiring truck operators to add an increasing percentage of ZEV and NZEV vehicles to their fleets over time. The Hypertruck ERX system provides OEMs 75% credit towards satisfaction of the ACT rule compared to a pure BEV or FCEV. It is also expected under a draft of the CARB ACF regulation that the Hypertruck ERX system will receive 100% credit to fleets towards meeting the fleet purchase obligation.
While the Hypertruck ERX system will initially be deployed on the Class 8 Peterbilt 579 sleeper cab, there is an opportunity to develop and deploy additional applications of the Hypertruck ERX system, including on additional Peterbilt variants, with other OEMs that sell comparable models, and in different Class 8 vehicle types, like refuse vehicles. Additional opportunities for the Hypertruck ERX system also exist in applications that require a high-voltage electric power take-off capability, such as electric reefer trailers and special vocational vehicles that are transitioning from hydraulic to high-voltage accessories.
We expect to launch the Hypertruck KARNO powertrain system approximately a few years after the Hypertruck ERX system due to the extensive testing and certification work expected to be required to commercialize a new vehicle generator. The KARNO generator technology is expected to improve the efficiency of the generator system, while further reducing emissions, noise and vibration as well as improve engine maintenance by virtue of having significantly fewer moving parts versus a traditional CNG or diesel ICE as a power source. As hydrogen fuel becomes more widely available and adopted for Class 8 vehicles, the Hypertruck KARNO powertrain, by virtue of its fuel-agnostic KARNO generator design, will be capable of utilizing hydrogen as its fuel source, as well as over twenty other fuel types.
The KARNO generator technology is also expected to be adaptable for stationary power generation applications, such as for electricity generation for onsite electric vehicle (“EV”) charging, select commercial and industrial generation applications, and other market opportunities currently served by the electric grid or other standalone power sources.
Our Technology and Solutions
Our electrified powertrain systems utilize Hyliion-designed control software and data analytics technology to control physically integrated battery systems, electric motors and power electronics.These electrified powertrain platforms can be used to either augment, as in the case of our Hybrid system, or fully replace, as in the case of our Hypertruck platform, conventional powertrains in Class 8 semi-trucks and improve their operational performance. Our solutions are designed to be compatible
2

with most major Class 8 semi-truck manufacturers and are highly flexible in their digital and physical design, allowing them to be installed on, or adapted to, a variety of vehicles and fuel sources as market and regulatory opportunities allow. This platform-focused strategy reduces capital investment over time and aims to allow for faster time to market for Hyliion powertrain products.
Hybrid Powertrain System
Our Hybrid system can be installed on most major Class 8 semi-trucks to reduce fuel usage in the case of diesel applications and improve performance in the case of CNG applications. Our Hybrid system is comprised of a Hyliion battery system and an associated software management solution, a control module running our software and data analytics, high and low voltage power distribution and a thermal management system. The battery system and controllers can be attached to the frame rail of most major Class 8 semi-trucks, providing potential cost savings in the case of diesel and simplifying installation, and incorporating a custom e-axle solution with associated cooling box to reduce weight and improve system efficiencies. The system is charged by regenerative braking and downhill deceleration and discharged to provide additional horsepower and torque when called upon by our control software, thereby reducing engine load to reduce fuel usage and related notes,GHG emissions or applying additional power to improve vehicle performance. Our Hybrid system’s battery power can also be utilized as an auxiliary power unit (“APU”) to supply electricity for in-cab devices and air conditioning to reduce or eliminate idling when the driver is “hoteling” in the truck. Based on internal and third-party testing and customer-reported experiences, we believe the benefits of utilizing our Hybrid system compared to conventional diesel or CNG commercial vehicles will reduce fuel usage, emissions, idling and improve performance.
We believe that reduced operating costs, improved driver satisfaction and increased marketability are key decision factors for many fleets in adopting our Hybrid system. Our Hybrid system can also help fleets transition from diesel to natural gas engines as a result of the increased performance the system provides, and because of the cost savings opportunity natural gas provides over diesel. The Hybrid system draws upon the real-world feedback we have received from customers and millions of miles logged by trucks equipped with the Hybrid system.
Hypertruck ERX System
Our Hypertruck ERX system is an electric CNG range extender powertrain that is being designed for integration on most major Class 8 semi-trucks to create a net-carbon-negative-capable REEV, when fueled by RNG. Our Hypertruck ERX system builds upon technical knowledge gained from our Hybrid system. It consists of a battery system, an associated software management and data analytics solution, a range extending electric generator powered by natural gas, an electric-traction drive system, and our Hyliion CoPilot in-cab driver display. The system works by pairing the fully electric powertrain with a battery system that is recharged by the onboard generator and regenerative braking that produces electricity. This system fully replaces the traditional powertrain in Class 8 semi-trucks. The first iteration of Hypertruck ERX system utilizes a battery system capable of operating up to 75 miles on battery-only power depending on factors including driver behavior, which qualifies it for ¾ of a ZEV credit under CARB’s ACT regulation.
Our Hypertruck ERX system combines the performance of fully electric powertrains with the refueling efficiency of conventionally-fueled vehicles. We estimate that it may be less expensive to run our onboard generator to produce electricity than recharging a BEV from the grid, depending on the cost of natural gas and electricity in different markets. Today’s market price for CNG and RNG is more stable than diesel, and natural gas often costs much less than diesel on an equivalent-gallon basis. By using onboard electricity generation rather than a large battery pack, our Hypertruck ERX system provides an extended range of operation compared to commercial BEVs.
We believe the benefits of our Hypertruck ERX system compared to competing technologies may include:
a powertrain system as opposed to a complete vehicle redesign;
a lower TCO due to favorable CNG/RNG pricing;
government credits and incentives;
the potential for net carbon negative operation when fueled with RNG;
the ability to utilize existing natural gas fueling infrastructure;
zero tailpipe emissions drive-capability;
improved operating experience for the driver;
vehicle range exceeding current competing electrified technologies;
refueling times similar to diesel trucks; and/or
data generation and connectivity for next-generation fleet management.
3

By providing up to 75 miles of all-electric range, the Hypertruck ERX system provides the capability of reducing GHG, pollutants, and noise emissions in communities surrounding trucking infrastructure, like warehouses, ports, rail yards, maintenance facilities and fueling infrastructure.
Depending on the source of natural gas used in its CNG generator, the Hypertruck ERX system can deliver significantly lower emissions than a conventional diesel-powered Class 8 semi-truck. Its electric traction drive provides up to 670 horsepower, in a smooth and seamless delivery, while simultaneously reducing overall noise and vibration levels. The electric motors in the Hypertruck ERX system provide instantaneous torque, with fewer gears and smoother operation than a conventional transmission. These factors combine to dramatically improve the driving experience for the operator, which should help with driver satisfaction and retention.
Hypertruck ERX System Rollout Timeline
In November 2021, we began our Hypertruck ERX system pre-production roadshow, which offered fleet owners and shippers firsthand demonstration of the features and benefits of our electric powertrain system. The roadshow continued throughout 2022 and included “Ride and Drive” events, which provide in-depth product education sessions on how our system operates and enables fleets to decarbonize while reducing total cost of ownership.
Throughout 2022 we made significant progress furthering development and testing of the Hypertruck ERX system and hit several important development milestones on a roadmap that we first laid out in late 2021. We completed assembly of the first verification vehicles early in the year. These vehicles are considerably more advanced than earlier prototypes and were used to begin on-road testing of the latest design along with Ride and Drive events and controlled fleet trials with customers. By the end of 2022, we had completed assembly of verification vehicles and released the design for the 3rd generation Hypertruck ERX system. Another milestone achieved was the successful completion of summer testing. We took four vehicles to Davis Dam in Arizona where they were subjected to rigorous operation, hauling heavy loads up steep grades in temperatures of up to 110 degrees Fahrenheit.
We also deployed verification vehicles into controlled fleet trial operations with customers where the trucks were used in standard freight hauling operations. Fleet trials provide the opportunity for Hyliion engineers and technicians to closely monitor vehicle operations and to obtain feedback from drivers on how well the powertrain functions. Late in 2022, we began subjecting verification vehicles to winter testing where we observe system operation in extremely cold conditions to validate component operability, including battery function. Additional winter testing sessions will continue through the early part of 2023. Fleet trials will also continue with additional customers and eventually be advanced to a level where the customer takes over daily operation of the trucks without Hyliion engineering technician support, reflecting real-world fleet usage expectations. Through all our testing and trial activities we expect to accumulate up to one million miles of operation prior to reaching the production stage.
Commercialization of the Hypertruck ERX system in 2023 is dependent upon receiving certain vehicle certifications by federal and state regulators. Specifically, CARB requires demonstration that our powertrain and vehicle comply with emissions standards for pollutants and particulate matter and that our on-board diagnostics technology operates reliably and in a manner to detect and diagnose malfunctions with the engine and emissions control systems and to alert the driver to the underlying condition so it can be remedied. Similarly, EPA certification is also required as is approval from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for the overall safe operation of the truck and powertrain. See Government Regulations section for additional details.
There have been ongoing parts shortages in the transportation industry supply chain including semiconductors and other key components. These supply chain challenges have been especially prominent in the trucking industry, and one of the impacts has been significantly extended lead times for ordering new trucks. Fleets are experiencing lead times on new truck purchases that extend delivery out into 2023. We are securing build slots with Peterbilt for all chassis needed for the 2023 calendar year to mitigate future potential supply chain impacts to our Hypertruck ERX system development schedule. We continue to work closely with our current supply base to improve delivery of components for the quarters ahead and are diligently seeking alternative sources of supply for components that meet our technical specifications with shorter lead times.
CNG and RNG as a Fuel
Our Hypertruck ERX system will leverage an existing cross-country CNG fueling network. In the continental United States, there are approximately 700 public and 400 private CNG fueling stations in operation for Class 8 semi-trucks. These stations are geographically dispersed enabling nation-wide fleet operations without a significant infrastructure buildout. Furthermore, our Hypertruck ERX system can be refueled using a “fast-fill” method which is comparable to diesel truck refueling time. Internationally, CNG infrastructure is even more prevalent due to government mandates requiring reduced carbon emissions from transportation. Additionally, we believe that the necessary heavy-duty infrastructure exists that would support near-term adoption of our Hypertruck ERX system. The ability to utilize existing CNG fueling infrastructure eliminates an important
4

barrier to Hypertruck ERX system adoption, in contrast to Class 8 BEVs and FCEVs, which currently lack the electric charging and hydrogen fueling infrastructure needed for widespread adoption of those technologies.
Use of RNG is much cleaner for the environment than most other fuel sources. It is generated by capturing methane from landfills, livestock operations such as dairies, wastewater treatment and other sources or through anaerobic digestion and processing of food and animal waste streams. Depending on the source, RNG can have a significantly negative carbon intensity score as these methane sources would otherwise be emitted as pollution into the atmosphere. RNG is injected into existing natural gas pipelines and the delivery to fleets is enabled through credits. Use of RNG to fuel the Hypertruck ERX system can enable our customers to achieve a net carbon negative emissions profile for their transportation operations, depending on the region of operation.
RNG is widely available today through all 700 existing natural gas stations and new sources are in development. Approximately 64% of natural gas sold at fueling stations in 2021 was credited towards RNG projects with usage growing 134% over the five years ending 2021, according to the Coalition for Renewable Natural Gas. Also in 2021, 250 RNG production facilities were in operation, 112 were under construction and another 125 were in project development.
Generator and Fuel Agnostic
Although our initial Hypertruck platform application, the Hypertruck ERX system, will be powered by a CNG fueled generator, it is designed to flexibly accommodate different generator and fuel system types in future applications. In addition to a natural gas ICE, other potential generator options include the Hyliion KARNO generator and hydrogen fuel cells. Any available electricity source can be used to recharge the battery of the electric powertrain system, although control systems and software may need to be modified to adapt to different generators, fuels, and electrical power sources. Our objective is to enable Hypertruck customers to choose their preferred charging system and fuel source based on different priorities, including fuel cost and availability and emissions objectives. By designing our system in this manner, we expect to be able to quickly adapt to changing technologies, emissions goals, fuel sources, regulatory requirements, and customer preferences without needing to redesign the underlying Hypertruck powertrain platform.
Software, Data Analytics and Computing
Hyliion's proprietary software and control systems are the foundation of the Hypertruck platform, linking the generator source, battery and battery systems, electric drive motors and driver interface into a seamless electric powertrain that is customizable, adaptable, and configurable. Beginning with the Hybrid system, Hyliion gained critical knowledge and experience in developing control software, powertrain algorithms, systems management capabilities, and cloud integration, which fed into the design of the Hypertruck platform.
Our software and algorithms seek to optimize the fuel economy and performance of our powertrain system by controlling efficient generator operation points and the charging and discharging of the battery system to power the electric motor and electronics. Our software and control algorithms can be remotely updated over the air to enable our customers to benefit from the latest features and functionalities, minimizing unnecessary downtime. This cloud-connected capability also provides the data sources for future features, without fundamentally changing the hardware of the system, which could otherwise require large amounts of capital and resources. As demonstrated with the Hybrid system, Hyliion has developed different applications that solve different customer problems. Beyond adjusting for different applications on the same vehicle platform type, we expect this software design philosophy to also ease the Hypertruck platform’s transition to entirely different vehicle platform types.
We have the potential to develop value-added software services based on the insights gathered on our vehicles. This includes cloud-accessed insights into powertrain performance, maintenance, and other logistics and fleet management services. It also allows for fleet-level customization of powertrain features and performance, without physically touching the vehicle or changing its hardware.
A critical component of our system is the Hyliion CoPilot, which runs on our in-cab display and provides real-time vehicle performance, status metrics, and driving feedback to the vehicle operator. We have also developed proprietary in-vehicle computing capabilities, in the form of the Hyliion Control Unit (“HCU”) and Hyliion Drive Processor (“HDP”). These two units form the core of the Hypertruck computing platform, and are easily adapted to future product iterations and platforms.
Challenges with Other Solutions
With a global focus on reducing the environmental impact of commercial transportation, several companies have begun developing solutions to lower GHG emissions from commercial vehicles, including plug-in commercial BEVs and commercial FCEVs. However, neither of these solutions have been delivered in volume for the high mileage regional and long-haul Class 8 semi-truck markets. While we do see market opportunities for these solutions, we believe they will face unique challenges achieving widespread adoption in the near term, which may include:
limited availability of such commercial vehicles or solutions;
5

a higher TCO relative to currently-available diesel or CNG commercial vehicles;
limited availability and capacity of electric charging and hydrogen fueling infrastructure;
higher lifecycle GHG emissions from the fuel sources used to generate electricity needed to recharge batteries or produce hydrogen and the emissions associated with the production of the battery cells;
the need or choice to completely redesign the commercial vehicle to implement the solution;
limited range on a single charge or fueling;
longer recharging or refueling times compared to diesel and natural gas-fueled vehicles;
the need to change customers’ existing fleet operations to accommodate new truck technologies, including procurement, dispatch, maintenance, repair, and driver training; and
performance challenges in cold weather.
Strategy
Our mission is to be the leading provider of electrified solutions for the commercial vehicle industry. Our value proposition to our customers includes reducing GHG emissions, operating cost savings, improved truck performance, and the ability to utilize existing infrastructure for fueling. We anticipate that our capital resources and efforts in the near future will continue to focus on the development and commercialization of our drivetrain solutions.
Maintaining Technology Leadership and First-Mover Advantage
Our Hybrid system is currently being sold, and we are one of the first to the market with an electric powertrain solution for long-haul Class 8 semi-trucks. The software and the algorithms driving our Hybrid system have been utilized in millions of real-world road miles and experience with the Hybrid product is being used to drive continuous improvements in the system management software and our overall knowledge of electric drivetrain operations. We expect to capture market share for low and zero-emission commercial vehicles by being one of the first to market with a carbon-negative-capability powertrain and by offering a range-extending power generator to help bridge the industry from fossil-fuel-powered trucks to full electric vehicles over time.
We believe that decarbonizing long-distance Class 8 trucking through electrification will be a process that occurs over time as reliable sources of clean, renewable electricity are developed along with the transmission and distribution networks that support a widely available and fast electric vehicle charging network. In the same manner, the use of hydrogen as a transportation fuel will depend upon the development of new sources of supply that don’t themselves contribute to GHG emissions and a fueling and distribution network that does not exist today. Therefore, we believe that an electric range-extender powertrain system, such as the Hypertruck ERX system, will be needed as a transition technology to reduce GHG, nitrogen oxides and particulate matter emissions, while offering all-electric range, improved operating performance and TCO savings. By launching the Hypertruck ERX system, followed by the Hypertruck KARNO system, and a Hypertruck fuel cell truck, we will help drive an industry transition to clean transportation in a manner that is most likely to be successful.
Focusing on Powertrains
Our electrified powertrain solutions are designed to be installed on most Class 8 semi-trucks. By focusing on the powertrain and its associated components, rather than the full vehicle, we obtain advantages as a new entrant in the Class 8 truck market. First, our innovative efforts focus on the vehicle components that drive the greatest improvement in economic and environmental benefits towards decarbonizing transportation. Second, our approach allows us to remain capital-light and use our resources more efficiently to develop software and engineered solutions to powertrain development, while leaving most component production and major vehicle design and assembly work with existing suppliers and truck OEMs.
Leveraging Existing Infrastructure
Our customers will be able to utilize an existing network of approximately 700 CNG fueling stations across the United States, which will help accelerate adoption of our Hypertruck ERX system. Utilizing CNG allows for electrified Class 8 semi-truck solutions like the Hypertruck ERX system to grow without substantial new infrastructure. This is in contrast with BEV trucks, where broader availability of electric charging stations will require significant investment and long lead times, driven in part by the uncertain availability and cost of electric power as charging demand for passenger vehicles and electric trucks grows. By utilizing existing commercial natural gas fueling infrastructure, we believe our customers can achieve low GHG emissions, when utilizing CNG, or carbon-negative status, when utilizing RNG. While hydrogen sources and refueling stations are also in development, there are few options available today for local, regional or long-haul truck transportation. Therefore, it is likely that significant additional investment and time will be required before makinghydrogen is a feasible fuel source for Class 8 trucks.
6

Continuing to Build and Leverage Strategic Relationships
We have and intend to continue developing partnerships with suppliers, truck OEMs, fuel and maintenance service providers, truck upfitting operators, engineering firms, consultants and others to accelerate the development and production of our solutions. These partners augment our internal resources and we intend to leverage their capabilities and infrastructure to bring our solutions to market more quickly and to meet industry standards without requiring us to invest additional capital to internalize functions or services that are more easily outsourced. We are planning to develop agreements with one or more maintenance service providers and fueling partners to ensure that our powertrain systems are fully supported in the field once commercial production begins and so our customers have access to CNG/RNG and attractive prices in the marketplace.
Customer Demand
We began selling the Hybrid system in the fourth quarter of 2021. Throughout 2022, we delivered Hybrid systems to fleets across the country, utilizing vehicle platforms from multiple OEMs. Despite these successes, we were unable to fulfill all Hybrid system orders that we obtained from customers due to ongoing supply chain disruptions and the limited ability of our customers to incur the downtime with their existing truck fleets to complete the Hybrid system installation. Delivery of Hybrid systems in 2023 is expected to continue on a pace consistent with the rate of deliveries in 2022. Commercialization of the Hypertruck ERX system late in 2023 is expected to divert customer interest from our Hybrid product to the Hypertruck ERX system. In addition, we continually assess the potential demand impact for the Hybrid system offering in light of recent changes within the competitive landscape.
In 2021, we announced our Hypertruck Innovation Council, which consists of some of the largest fleets in the industry, who have assisted us with the development of the Hypertruck ERX system and will have been among the first to experience the performance of the system through our “Ride and Drive” events. These events and fleet trials delivered positive feedback from customers’ drivers, and generated further interest in the Hypertruck ERX system.
In 2022 we secured deposit-backed orders from eleven fleet customers for our first 210 production slots for the Hypertruck ERX system. These trucks are all expected to be delivered to customers by the end of the first quarter of 2024 and will be deployed in what we are calling our Founders Program. The Founders Program will feature white-glove service and support from a launch facility in the Dallas area. Recognizing that the Hypertruck ERX system is a new product, we plan to ensure that it is well supported through drivetrain warranty protection and the ability to quickly resolve hardware and software problems or address operator questions and issues as they arise.
We will use the launch facility as a location to centralize our maintenance and service operations and to train electric drive train technicians, both our own and those of our service partners. We also expect to offer fueling support to make it convenient for fleets to fill up on renewable natural gas. The fleet support capabilities being offered by the Founders Program will be beneficial as we look to grow our order book with new customers and support a larger number of our systems on the road.
We expect that the steps we are taking to complete development, testing and certification of the Hypertruck ERX system, along with additional customer fleet trials and a successful commercialization and launch of the Founders Program, will be an inflection point for additional orders. As these milestones are achieved, we will continue to grow our order backlog for delivery of trucks with Hypertruck ERX system in 2024 and beyond.
Production, Assembly and Installation
Our long-term strategy is to be a powertrain company, and we expect to sell our solutions directly to truck OEMs for them to integrate into their production lines. However, as we launch production we plan to source incomplete chassis from the OEM and then utilize our facility in Austin, Texas and/or modification and upfitting centers that are close to OEM factories to install our Hypertruck ERX system. Initial incomplete chassis will include the natural gas engine but not certain components like the transmission, driveshaft and diesel fuel tanks. We intend to primarily outsource the production, assembly and installation of our electrified powertrain systems to assembly partners as we reach a greater level of production volume, while maintaining in-house research, development and prototyping capabilities, including low-volume assembly and installation.
The initial production version of the Hypertruck ERX system will utilize a Peterbilt 579 truck in sleeper configuration. Over time, we expect to utilize additional OEM platforms in different configurations.
Sales and Marketing
We currently market and sell our electrified powertrain solutions domestically through a direct sales organization and with certain partners to Class 8 semi-truck fleet owners and operators. We also expect to market and sell our electrified powertrain solutions internationally at some point in the future. We use digital marketing strategies to build awareness for the Hyliion brand, the in-market Hybrid offering and the development journey of the Hypertruck ERX system. Events and in-person activations, particularly those that allow prospective customers to physically interact with our products, often lead to positive results in an industry that is relationship-based and focused on “trying before they buy.”
7

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 was signed into law in August 2022, under which the Hypertruck ERX system will qualify fleets to receive a 30% tax credit up to $40,000 per vehicle adopted. We expect this to drive further interest in and demand for the Hypertruck ERX system and other products.
Research and Development
Our research and development activities primarily take place at our headquarters in Cedar Park, Texas, our facility in West Chester, Ohio, on our testing and demonstration vehicles on roads and highways, and at our partners’ facilities. Our research and development is primarily focused on:
electrified powertrain development and system integration;
control software and algorithms for our powertrain systems;
next generation packaging and cooling for our battery systems;
interoperability with third-party powertrain components, such as e-motors, inverters and axles;
component integration;
development of the KARNO generator including testing and validation;
integration of the KARNO generator technology into the Hypertruck system;
accelerated lifetime testing processes to improve reliability, maintainability and system-level robustness;
data analytics; and
alternative products for existing and in-development components and technology.
The majority of our current activities are focused on the research and development of our electrified powertrain systems, third-party component integration and the underlying proprietary battery and software technology platforms. We undertake significant testing and validation of our products and components to ensure that they will meet the demands of our customers.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property is important to our business, and we seek protection for our strategic intellectual property. We rely upon a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how and trademarks, along with employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements and other contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.
As of December 31, 2022, we had 47 issued U.S. patents and 51 pending U.S. patent applications. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in some locations abroad. In an effort to protect our brand, as of December 31, 2022, we had three registered and seven pending trademarks in the United States and 39 registered and 11 pending trademarks internationally.
We regularly review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. To that end, we are prepared to file additional patent applications as we consider appropriate under the circumstances relating to the new technologies that we develop.
We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications we may own or license in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents we may own or license in the future will be useful in protecting our technology.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately 250 full-time employees all located within the United States. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or are represented by a labor union. Our people are integral to our business, and we are highly dependent on our ability to attract, engage, develop and retain key employees while hiring qualified management, technical, and vehicle engineering personnel. We seek to provide our employees with competitive compensation and benefits, including grants of equity under our equity incentive plans, access to 401(k) plans and medical, life and disability insurance. In addition, we provide several supplemental health plans of our employees choosing. We welcome the diversity of all team members and encourage the integration of their unique skills, thoughts, experiences and identities. By fostering an inclusive culture, we enable every member of the workforce to leverage their unique talents and deliver high-performance standards to drive innovation and success. Our production, research and development employees mainly work in our Austin headquarters and other facilities, which have implemented practices including company-wide policies to ensure the safety of each employee and compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards. We have developed a flexible work policy that
8

allows certain employees to work from home. While we are currently still a small company in terms of headcount, we have plans to grow, and expect that our practices and programs with respect to human capital management will grow as we do.
Government Regulations
We operate in an industry that is subject to extensive environmental regulation, which has become more stringent over time. The laws and regulations to which we are subject govern, among others:
water use;
air emissions;
use of recycled materials;
energy sources;
the storage, handling, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials;
the protection of the environment;
natural resources and endangered species; and
the remediation of environmental contamination.
We may be required to obtain and comply with the terms and conditions of multiple environmental permits, many of which are difficult and costly to obtain and could be subject to legal challenges. Compliance with such laws and regulations at an international, regional, national, provincial and local level is an important aspect of our ability to continue operations.
Environmental standards applicable to us are established by the laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate, and our product are sold, and standards adopted by regulatory agencies and the permits and licenses that we hold. Each of these sources is subject to periodic modifications and increasingly stringent requirements. Violations of these laws, regulations, or permits and licenses may result in substantial civil and criminal fines, penalties, orders to cease the violating operations, or to conduct or pay for corrective works. In some instances, violations may also result in the suspension or revocation of permits and licenses.
EPA and CARB Emissions Compliance and Certification
Under the U.S. Clean Air Act, some of our electrified powertrain solutions may be required to obtain a Certificate of Conformity issued by the EPA and a series of California Executive Orders issued by CARB, demonstrating that our powertrains and vehicles comply with requirements including as applicable, emission standards for both criteria pollutants, such as nitrogen oxides (“NOx”) and particulate matter (“PM”), and GHGs, such as carbon dioxide (“CO2”) and nitrous oxide (“N2O”). A Certificate of Conformity is required for vehicles sold in all states and Executive Orders are required for vehicles sold in California and states that have adopted the California standards. There are currently six states that have adopted the California standard for heavy-duty vehicles, five states are pursuing adoption of some or all of the CARB standards through a formal rulemaking process and an additional six states are considering adoption of some or all of the CARB standards.
CARB has adopted an ACT rule that requires heavy-duty vehicle manufacturers to produce and sell in California a certain number of zero-emission vehicles. In addition to California, a growing number of other states follow the CARB regulatory framework and are also adopting ACT. If the heavy-duty vehicle manufacturers do not meet the applicable requirements, they will be deemed unable to sell the rest of their portfolio in that state, creating a significant incentive to deploy ZEV and NZEV vehicles that meet the need of fleet customers. CARB is also considering a fleet-facing zero-emission vehicle mandate (ACF), which acts in a similar manner to ACT by requiring truck operators to add an increasing percentage of ZEV and NZEV vehicles to their fleets over time. All vehicles and engines manufactured for sale in the United States must be covered by an EPA Certificate of Conformity (and respective CARB Executive Orders if sold in California), including engines and vehicles using zero-emission or low-carbon technology. As is necessary, an EPA Certificate of Conformity and/or CARB Executive Order, covering both criteria pollutants and GHG, must be obtained each model year for each engine family and heavy-duty vehicle.
Manufacturers of heavy-duty engines and vehicles also must ensure that their products comply with On Board Diagnostics (“OBD”) requirements. The OBD system is intended to identify and diagnose malfunctions within the engine, aftertreatment and emission control systems and alert the driver to the underlying issue so the vehicle can be brought in for service. CARB issues approval of the OBD system as part of its issuance of an Executive Order; the EPA typically deems CARB OBD approval to be compliant with the EPA’s requirements. As with emissions compliance, manufacturers are required to ensure that the OBD system functions as designed and is able to identify component malfunctions throughout the full useful life of the vehicle or engine.
We are currently in the process of obtaining the certifications required from both CARB and the EPA to confirm conformity with applicable regulations. This effort includes demonstrating that our system complies with emissions standards for criteria
9

pollutants and that our OBD systems are capable of detecting deviations from these standards throughout their operating life. We expect to obtain needed certifications prior to the start of Hypertruck ERX commercialization in the second half of 2023.
Inflation Reduction Act
The Inflation Reduction Act in the U.S. became law in August 2022. Trucks with the Hypertruck ERX system are eligible under the Inflation Reduction Act for a 30% tax credit of up to $40,000 per vehicle. On December 29, 2022 the United States Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) released guidance relating to the electric vehicle tax credit provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 including guidance on the commercial clean vehicle tax credit (section “45W”) for businesses. Businesses and tax-exempt organizations that buy a qualified commercial clean vehicle may qualify for a clean vehicle tax credit of up to $40,000 under Internal Revenue Code 45W. The credit equals the lesser of:
15% of the basis in the vehicle (30% if the vehicle is not powered by gas or diesel);
The incremental cost of the vehicle; or
The maximum credit is $7,500 for qualified vehicles with gross vehicle weight ratings (“GVWR”s) of under 14,000 pounds and $40,000 for all other vehicles.
There is no limit on the number of credits businesses can claim.
ZEV Credits and Other
In California, the Advanced Clean Truck Rule was passed in June of 2020 and placed a requirement on heavy duty truck manufactures to produce and sell zero emission vehicles as a percentage of their total sales, beginning in 2024. The sales requirements gradually increase every year until 2035. The basic structure is that manufacturers will accumulate deficits when they sell conventionally fuel vehicles. These deficits can be offset by the accumulation of credits which are earned as ZEVs and NZEVs are sold. NZEVs generate credits based on their minimum all-electric range (“AER”). The credits are calculated by multiplying the AER by 0.01. As an example, if a customer is to purchase an electric vehicle with an AER of 35 miles, the sale would produce 35% of a credit. NZEV credits cannot exceed 75%.
The California Air Resource Board is currently reviewing a draft rulemaking called the Advanced Clean Fleet Rule that is expected to be released in 2023. The Advanced Clean Fleet Rule is a medium and heavy-duty zero-emission fleet regulation with the goal of achieving a zero-emission truck and bus California fleet by 2045. The primary goal of the ACF regulation is to accelerate the market for zero-emission trucks, vans, and buses by requiring fleets that are well suited for electrification, to transition to ZEVs where feasible.
GHG Credits — U.S. EPA
The EPA’s GHG Regulation requires all manufacturers of heavy-duty engines and vehicles to comply with fleet average GHG standards. Manufacturers may comply with the standards by producing engines or vehicles, all of which comply with the standards, or by averaging, banking and trading GHG credits within vehicle or engine categories. Manufacturers may also comply with GHG standards by purchasing credits from manufacturers with a surplus of credits. The failure to comply with GHG standards can lead to civil penalties or the voiding of a manufacturer’s EPA Certificate of Conformity. In connection with the delivery and placement into service of zero-emission and low-emission vehicles, we may earn tradable GHG credits that under current laws and regulations can be sold to other manufacturers. Under the EPA’s GHG Regulation, plug-in hybrid, all-electric and fuel cell vehicles can earn a credit multiplier of 3.5, 4.5, and 5.5, respectively, for use in the calculation of GHG emission credits.
Commercial engine and vehicle manufacturers are required to meet the NOx emission standard for each type of engine or vehicle produced. Typical diesel engine emission control technology limits the fuel economy and GHG improvements that can be made while maintaining compliance with the NOx standard. As the fleet-average GHG standards continue to decrease over time, compliance with the NOx standard will increase the difficulty for conventional diesel vehicles to meet the applicable GHG standard. Until technology catches up for commercial vehicles, manufacturers of diesel trucks will likely need to purchase GHG credits to cover their emission deficit. The EPA’s GHG Regulation provides the opportunity for the sale of excess credits to other manufacturers who apply such credits to comply with these regulatory requirements. Furthermore, the regulation does not limit the number of GHG credits that can be sold within the same commercial vehicle categories.
GHG Credits — California Air Resources Board
California also has a separate GHG emissions regulatory program, which is very similar to the EPA requirements. Like the EPA’s GHG Rule, the CARB rule allows for averaging, banking and trading of credits to comply with the fleet-average GHG standard and the failure to comply with the California GHG standard may lead to the imposition of civil penalties. The delivery and placement into service of our zero-emission and low-emission vehicles in California may earn us tradable credits that can be sold. Under CARB GHG regulations, advanced technology vehicles can also earn a credit multiplier of for use in the calculation of emission credits in the same amounts as under the EPA’s GHG Rule.
10

Heavy-Duty Vehicle Safety Requirements
Manufacturers of vehicles that operate on US highways are subject to, and must comply with, various regulations established by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”). These federal motor vehicle safety standards (“FMVSS”) cover a wide variety of vehicle equipment and components. Manufacturers of vehicles, including heavy-duty vehicles, must confirm that their vehicles and vehicle equipment comply with applicable standards or, as appropriate, are exempt from those standards. Currently, there are several FMVSS that apply to vehicle manufacturers and may be applicable to Hyliion’s Hybrid and Hypertruck platforms. As may be required, Hyliion is evaluating FMVSS requirements for applicability to Hyliion products.
Manufacturers of vehicles that operate on US highways must also comply with NHTSA safety reporting requirements concerning safety involving Hyliion systems concerning various issues including, but not limited to, accidents, warranty claims, field actions and reports and recalls. As situations may arise, Hyliion will take appropriate actions to comply with these reporting requirements.
Competition
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, intense competition from a number of companies, particularly as the commercial transportation sector increasingly shifts towards low-emission, zero-emission, or carbon-neutral solutions. We face competition from many different sources, including major commercial vehicle OEMs and companies that are developing alternative fuel and electric commercial vehicles. Existing commercial vehicle OEMs such as PACCAR, Navistar, Volvo, Mack Trucks and Daimler maintain the largest market shares in the sector. Given we primarily develop and sell powertrains that are designed to be installed into an OEM’s commercial vehicle to augment or replace conventionally fueled powertrains, as opposed to a complete commercial vehicle, we believe we will primarily compete with other powertrain providers offering new low-emissions solutions as opposed to commercial vehicle manufacturers. While there are many competitors addressing electrification of commercial vehicles, many of them are focused on shorter range and lighter-duty vehicles. We are providing electrified solutions that are addressing both the long-haul and regional transportation sectors. We believe the primary competitive factors in the long-haul Class 8 semi-truck market include, but are not limited to:
total cost of ownership;
emissions profile;
availability of charging or fueling network;
ease of integration into existing operations;
product performance and uptime;
vehicle quality, reliability and safety;
vehicle support, parts and on-road service network;
technological innovation specifically around battery, software and data analytics; and
fleet management.
We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors; however, most of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing and other resources than us. Our competitors may be able to deploy greater resources to the design, development, manufacturing, distribution, promotion, sales, marketing and support of their alternative fuel and electric truck programs. Additionally, our competitors also have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger sales forces, broader customer and industry relationships and other tangible and intangible resources than us. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified research and development, sales, marketing and management personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our products. Additional mergers and acquisitions may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. We cannot provide assurances that our electrified systems will be the first to market. Even if our electrified systems are first to market, or among the first to market, we cannot be sure that customers will choose vehicles with our electrified systems over those of our competitors, or over conventional natural gas or diesel-powered vehicles.
Numerous companies, including Cummins, Daimler, Dana, Navistar, PACCAR, Volvo, Tesla, Nikola, Lion Electric, Hyzon and other commercial vehicle manufacturers have announced their plans to bring Class 8 semi-truck BEVs or FCEVs to the market. However, we do not believe any of them have showcased a roadmap similar to Hyliion’s, which is based on offering a range-extender electric vehicle that utilizes various generators with different fuel sources as a product that helps trucking transition from fossil fuel-powered vehicles to fully electric vehicles over time as technology advances and fueling and recharging infrastructure becomes more readily available and reliable. Furthermore, we will also face competition from
11

manufacturers of more powerful internal combustion engines powered by natural gas and diesel fuel. We expect additional competitors may enter the market as well, particularly if we are successful with the Hypertruck platform.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. Regardless of outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.
Available Information
Additional information about Hyliion is available at www.hyliion.com. On the Investor Relations page of the website, the public may obtain free copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable following the time that they are filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). References to our website do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in such website, and such information is not part of this Form 10-K.
1A. RISK FACTORS
Investing in our securities involves risks. Before you make a decision to investbuy our securities, in our securities.addition to the risks and uncertainties discussed above under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” you should carefully consider the specific risks set forth herein. If any of the following eventsthese risks actually occur, it may materially harm our business, financial condition, liquidity and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event,of operations. As a result, the tradingmarket price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Additionally, the risks and uncertainties described are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may become material and adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to our Business
We are a recently formedan early-stage company with a history of losses, and expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future.
We incurred a net loss of $153.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and have incurred cumulative net operating losses of $277.3 million during the previous three years ended December 31, 2022. We believe that we will continue to incur significant operating and net losses each quarter until we are generating positive gross margins from selling our powertrain systems that exceeds our operating expenses. We do not expect to reach this level of financial performance in 2023, and may not ever. Even if we are able to successfully develop and sell our electrified powertrain solutions, there can be no operating historyassurance that they will be commercially successful. Our potential profitability is dependent upon the successful development and no revenues (other than interest earned on the funds heldsuccessful commercial introduction and acceptance of our electrified powertrain solutions, which may not occur.
We will require significant capital to develop and grow our business, including developing, producing and servicing our electrified powertrain solutions, our KARNO generator product, and our brand. We expect to incur significant expenses, which will impact our profitability and available capital, including costs for research and development efforts, component and service procurement, sales, general and administrative costs, and production, distribution and support of our electrified powertrain solutions. We also expect to utilize more of our cash to grow working capital as we procure component parts for commercialization of our Hypertruck ERX powertrain system.
Our ability to become profitable in the Trust Account),future will require us to complete the design and you have no basis on whichdevelopment of electrified powertrain solutions that meet projected performance criteria. We must also successfully market our electrified powertrain solutions and services to evaluatecustomers, sell our systems at prices needed to achieve positive gross margins and control operating and production costs. We may need to sell our products at a loss or discounted prices in the near term in order to win initial customer orders and gain the confidence of fleet customers. If we are unable to efficiently design, produce, market, sell, distribute and service our electrified powertrain solutions or generator, our margins, profitability, and long-term prospects will be materially and adversely affected.
We are in the early stages of developing key commercial relationships with suppliers and customers, and our ability to achievepredict the outcome of those relationships is limited.
12

We are in the process of developing relationships to accelerate the development, production and sale of our solutions.We have deployed Hybrid and Hypertruck ERX system units to certain companies we expect to be customers in the future; however, all of our commercial relationships are in the early stages of development and we do not have the ability to predict with certainty the outcome of those relationships. Our suppliers may face delays or be unable to meet our business objective.

We are a recently formed companyrequirements and standards at the quantity, quality, timeliness and price levels needed for our business. The entities that we expect to be customers in the future may decide not to do business with no operating results.us. Because we lack an operating history, youare still getting to know our suppliers and customers, these relationships could result in controversies or even litigation, which could have no basis upon which to evaluatea material adverse effect on our ability to achievecontinue our plans for strategic growth and ultimately our business objectiveresults.

We are highly dependent on the services of completingThomas Healy, our initial business combinationChief Executive Officer, and if we are unable to retain Mr. Healy, attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical and vehicle engineering personnel, our ability to compete could be harmed.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to retain our key personnel. We are highly dependent on the services of Thomas Healy, our Chief Executive Officer and largest stockholder. Mr. Healy is the source of many of the ideas and execution driving us. If Mr. Healy were to discontinue his service with us due to death, disability or any other reason, we would be significantly disadvantaged. The unexpected loss of or failure to retain one or more target businesses. We may be unable to completeof our business combination. key employees could adversely affect our business.
If we fail to completemanage our business combination,growth effectively, including failing to attract qualified personnel, we will never generate any operating revenues.

20

Past performance by Tortoise, the Tortoise Funds, Lightfoot Capital and our management team may not be indicative of future performance of an investmentable to develop, produce, market and sell our electrified powertrain solutions successfully.

Any failure to manage our growth effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. We intend to expand our operations significantly. We intend to continue to hire additional personnel, including software engineers, design and production personnel and service technicians for our electrified powertrain solutions. Because our electrified powertrain solutions are based on a different technology platform than traditional internal combustion engines, individuals with sufficient training in us.

Information regarding performance by,alternative fuel and electric vehicles may not be available to hire, and as a result, we may need to expend significant time and expense training any newly hired employees. Competition for individuals with experience designing, producing and servicing electrified vehicles and their software is intense, and we may not be able to attract, integrate, train, motivate, or businesses associated with, Tortoise, the Tortoise Funds, Lightfoot Capital and our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Tortoise, the Tortoise Funds, Lightfoot Capital and our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of successretain additional highly qualified personnel, particularly with respect to any business combinationsoftware engineers in the Austin, Texas area where we are headquartered. Due to the specific skills required, the strong job market nationally and the high cost of living and competition in the Austin, Texas area, we may consummateexperience increased compensation, recruiting and relocation expenses to achieve our hiring goals. The failure to attract, integrate, train, motivate and retain these additional employees could seriously harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to our Products
If our electrified powertrain solutions fail to perform as expected, our ability to develop, market and sell our electrified powertrain solutions could be harmed.
Our electrified powertrain solutions may contain defects in design and production that may cause them not to perform as expected or (ii)they may require repair. There can be no assurance that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate fordetect and fix any defects in our initial business combination. You shouldelectrified powertrain solutions. Our electrified powertrain solutions may not rely on the historical record of Tortoise, the Tortoise Funds, Lightfoot Capital and our management team’s performance as indicativemeet customers’ expectations or perform competitively with other vehicles that may become available. Any product defects or any other failure of our future performance or of an investmentelectrified powertrain solutions and software to perform as expected could harm our reputation and result in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. None of Tortoise or our officers or directorsadverse publicity, lost revenue, delivery delays, product recalls, negative publicity, product liability claims and significant warranty and other expenses and could have served as a sponsor, director or officer of any blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to votematerial adverse impact on our proposed business, combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majorityprospects, financial condition and operating results.

The performance characteristics of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

Weelectrified powertrain solutions, including fuel economy, range between refueling, and emissions levels, may choose notvary, including due to hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination if the business combination would not require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Except as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majorityoutside of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we complete. Please refer to “Part I, Item 1. Business — Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve control.

Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management may consider the availability of funds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities, which may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If Atlas Point Fund decides not to exercise its right to purchase all or some of the Forward Purchase Securities, we may decide not to consummate our initial business combination, or if we decide to, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We have entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Atlas Point Fund, which is a fund managed by CIBC National Trust but is not affiliated with us or our Sponsor, agreed to purchase up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of Forward Purchase Units for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share, in a private placementelectrified powertrain solutions are still being designed and developed, and there are no assurances that they will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. Whether we will issue Atlas Point Fund Forward Purchase Units valued at $10.00 per unit or Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share will be determined at our election, and in our sole discretion, at least 10 business days prior to the closing of our initial business combination. The funds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities are expected to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, and to pay expenses in connection with our initial business combination and may be used for working capital in the post-transaction company.

The obligations under the Forward Purchase Agreement will not depend on whether any public stockholders elect to redeem their shares in connection with our initial business combination. However, if the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities does not close, for example, by reason of the failure of Atlas Point Fund to fund the purchase price for its Forward Purchase Securities, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. Atlas Point Fund’s obligation to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities will, among other things, be conditioned on Atlas Point Fund giving us its irrevocable written consent to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after we notify it of our intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed business combination and on a requirement that such initial business combination is approved by a majority of our board and a majority of the independent directors of our board. Accordingly, if Atlas Point Fund does not consent to the purchase, or if the initial business combination is not approved by a majority of our board and a majority of the independent directors of our board, Atlas Point Fund would not be obligated to purchase any Forward Purchase Securities.


Additionally, Atlas Point Fund’s obligations to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities will be subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of such securities by mutual written consent of us and Atlas Point Fund, or automatically: (i) if our initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (ii) if we become subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which is not withdrawn within 60 days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business or property of us or Atlas Point Fund, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within 60 days after such appointment. In addition, Atlas Point Fund’s obligations to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities will be subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including that our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with the purchase of the Forward Purchase Securities. In the event of any such failure to fund by Atlas Point Fund, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived by such party, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall wouldmeet their projected performance characteristics, including fuel economy, range between refueling, and emissions levels. External factors (such as driver behavior, weather conditions, hardware efficiency, payload and terrain) may also reduceimpact the amount of funds that we have available for working capital of the post-business combination company.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approvalperformance characteristics of our initial business combination,electrified powertrain solutions related to estimated fuel savings, GHG emissions and fuel economy of vehicles installed with our initial stockholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Our initial stockholders own approximately 20%electrified powertrain solutions. These external factors as well as any operation of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our initial stockholders and management team alsoelectrified powertrain solutions other than as intended, may from time to time purchase shares of Class A common stock prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation providesresult in emissions levels that ifare greater than we seek stockholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the Founder Shares. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial stockholders and management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

expect. The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

22

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires uselectrified powertrain solutions to have a minimum amountnet-carbon-negative profile, will depend on the availability of cash at closing, we will needrenewable natural gas as well as the infrastructure necessary to reserve a portion ofpurchase RNG through fuel providers. Any limitation on the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection withpurchase RNG, such as a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and after such redemptions, the amount held in the Trust Account will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting discounts and commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

23

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public stockholders or public warrantholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock and public warrants.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrantsdecrease or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. There is no limitlimitation on the number of sharesnatural gas fueling stations or limitation on the production of natural gas and RNG in particular, will negatively impact the anticipated carbon intensity profile of our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliateselectrified powertrain solutions. In addition, the carbon intensity profiles could vary based on the source of RNG, which could reduce a fleet’s ability

13

Table of Contents

to have favorable carbon intensity scores. Due to these factors, there can be no guarantee that the operators of vehicles using our electrified powertrain solutions will realize the expected fuel savings, range and fuel economy and GHG emission reductions.
Our beliefs regarding the ability of our electrified powertrain solutions to limit carbon intensity and reduce GHG emissions and contribute to global decarbonization may purchase in such transactions, subjectbe based on materially inaccurate assumptions.
Our beliefs regarding our ability to compliance with applicable lawreduce carbon intensity and the rulesGHG emissions are based on certain assumptions, including, but not limited to, our projections of the NYSE. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactionsuse of natural gas and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the fundsrenewable natural gas in the Trust Account will befuture, fuel types used, the ability to purchase sharesobtain carbon credits, driver behavior and our electrified powertrain solutions’ efficiencies and performance. To the extent our assumptions are materially incorrect or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors, Atlas Point Fund or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of sharesincomplete, it could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing ofadversely impact our business, combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13prospects, financial condition and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent the purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

operating results. In addition, if such purchases are made,our assumptions regarding the public “float”ability of our Class A common stocksolutions to limit carbon intensity and reduce GHG emissions from trucking operations are materially incorrect or public warrants andincomplete, or if our beliefs regarding the number of beneficial holdersavailability of our securitiesproducts are materially incorrect or incomplete, it is possible that our competitors’ technology may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading ofbetter at limiting carbon intensity and reducing GHG emissions in certain circumstances and in certain markets.

We have limited experience servicing our securities on a national securities exchange. See “Part I, Item 1. Business — Permitted Purchases ofelectrified powertrain solutions and our Securities” for a description of how our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders or warrantholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

integrated software. If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

24

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with our completion of an initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months fromaddress the closingservice requirements of our Initial Public Offering, subjectcustomers, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

We have limited experience in servicing our electrified powertrain solutions and expect to applicable law andincrease our servicing capabilities as further described herein. In addition, if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closingbegin commercial production of our Initial Public Offering for any reason, complianceelectrified powertrain solutions. Servicing hybrid and electric vehicles is different than servicing vehicles with Delaware law may require that we submit ainternal combustion engines and traditional mechanical powertrains and requires specialized skills, including high voltage training and servicing techniques. We plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval priorpartner with one or more third party service providers to the distributionperform some or all of the proceeds held inservicing on our Trust Account. In that case, public stockholders mayelectrified powertrain solutions, and there can be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering before they receive funds from our Trust Account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 round lot holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our aggregate market value would be required to be at least $100 million, and the market value of our publicly held shares would be required to be at least $80 million. We cannot assure youassurance that we will be able to enter into an acceptable arrangement with any such third-party provider. Our ability to provide effective customer support is largely dependent on our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel with experience in supporting customers on platforms such as ours. As we continue to grow, additional pressure may be placed on our customer support team, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for maintenance services and technical support. If we are unable to successfully address the service requirements of our customers or establish a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, we may be subject to claims from our customers, including loss of revenue or damages, and our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

Our electrified powertrain solutions rely on software and hardware that is highly technical, and if these systems contain errors, bugs or vulnerabilities, or if we are unsuccessful in addressing or mitigating technical limitations in our systems, our business could be adversely affected.
Our electrified powertrain solutions rely on software and hardware to store, retrieve, process and manage immense amounts of data. Such software and hardware, that is developed or maintained internally or by third parties, is highly technical and complex and will require modification and updates over the life of the vehicle. Our software and hardware may contain, errors, bugs or vulnerabilities, and our systems are subject to certain technical limitations that may compromise our ability to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

our objectives. Some errors, bugs or vulnerabilities inherently may be difficult to detect and may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. If the NYSE delistswe are unable to prevent or effectively remedy errors, bugs, vulnerabilities or defects in our securities from trading on its exchangesoftware and hardware, we may suffer damage to our reputation, loss of customers, loss of revenue or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We may become subject to product liability claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to listsuccessfully defend or insure against such claims.
Product liability claims, even those without merit or those that do not involve our securities on another national securities exchange,products, could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. The automobile industry in particular experiences significant product liability claims, and we face inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event our electric powertrain solutions do not perform or are claimed to not have performed as expected. As is true for other commercial vehicle suppliers, we expect in the future that our securitieselectrified powertrain solutions will be installed on vehicles that will be involved in crashes resulting in death or personal injury. Additionally, product liability claims that affect our competitors may cause indirect adverse publicity for us and our products.
Our risks in this area are particularly pronounced given the relatively limited number of electrified powertrain solutions delivered to date and limited field experience of our products. A successful product liability claim against us could require us to pay a substantial monetary award. In some jurisdictions, we may self-insure against the risk of product liability claims for
14

Table of Contents

vehicle exposure, meaning that any product liability claims will likely have to be paid from company funds, not by insurance. Product liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business and financial condition.
Insufficient warranty reserves to cover future warranty claims could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We maintain warranty reserves to cover warranty-related claims of our electrified powertrain solutions. If our warranty reserves are inadequate to cover future warranty claims on our vehicles, or our parts suppliers fail to provide warranties for, or honor warranty claims against, their parts, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.


The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our Units, Class A common stockmaterially and public warrants are listed on the NYSE, our Units, Class A common stock and public warrants qualify as covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the state of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities and we would beadversely affected. We may become subject to regulation in each state in which we offersignificant and unexpected warranty expenses as well as claims from our securities.

You will notcustomers, including loss of revenue or damages. There can be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419 under the Securities Act (“Rule 419”). Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our Initial Public Offering were subject to Rule 419,no assurances that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),then-existing warranty reserves will be restrictedsufficient to cover all claims.

Risks Related to our Financial Results
Our financial results may vary significantly from seeking redemption rights with respectperiod to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares,period due to fluctuations in our operating costs and other factors.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities,makes it may be more difficult for us to completepredict our initial business combination. If we are unablefuture operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portiona variety of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those offactors, many of these competitors. While we believe therewhich are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination, in conjunction with a stockholder vote or via a tender offer. Target businesses will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

26

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least 24 months after the Closing Date, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least 24 months after the Closing Date, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least 24 months after the Closing Date, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $916,000 of cash outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that such amount is insufficient to fund our search for a target business and to consummate our initial business combination, we may seek additional capital. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or we may be forced to liquidate. None of our Sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In such an event, our public stockholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

27

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues in relation to a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control, will not later arise. including:

the pace at which we continue to design, develop and produce new products and increase production capacity;
the number of customer orders in a given period;
changes in manufacturing costs;
the timing and cost of and level of investment in, research and development relating to our technologies and our current or future facilities;
relationships, partnerships, contracts and other agreements with suppliers and development partners;
our ability to achieve favorable pricing from suppliers for component purchases;
our ability to obtain required certifications for our powertrain systems;
developments involving our competitors; and
changes in governmental regulations or applicable law.
As a result of these factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our financial results, especially in the short term, are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance. Moreover, our financial results may not meet expectations of equity research analysts, ratings agencies or investors, who may be forced to later write-downoverly focused on quarterly financial results or write-off assets, restructurefinancial valuation models that do not match our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report chargesexpected growth plan. If any of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtueoccurs, the trading price of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choosecommon stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time.
Risks Related to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent public accountants), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, in each case including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, less franchise and income taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, weCustomers

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connectionsuccessfully engage target customers or convert early trial deployments with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officerstruck fleets into meaningful orders or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

28

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reductionadditional deployments in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public sharefuture.

Our success, and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, less franchise and income taxes payable, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

29

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement governing the Trust Account, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering; or (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination,increase revenue and operate profitably, depends in part on our ability to identify target customers and to convert early trial deployments with truck fleets into meaningful orders or may resultadditional deployments in our liquidation.the future. If we are unable to completemeet our customers’ performance requirements or industry specifications, identify target customers or convert early trial deployments into meaningful orders or obtain additional deployments in the future, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. Moreover, if we or our customers find that our Hybrid system does not perform as expected or if our orders for Hybrid systems do not materialize in large numbers, we may cease to distribute our Hybrid system, or recall some or all of our product, and future distributions may be delayed or cease for some period of time or indefinitely.

We plan to accept reservation orders for the sale of our electrified powertrain solutions that are cancellable, and our initial pre-launch sales order and reservations for Hypertruck ERX-equipped trucks are cancellable.
Our Hypertruck ERX electrified powertrain solution is still in the development and testing phase and commercial deliveries are not expected to begin until late 2023 or later, and may not occur at all. As a result, we plan to accept reservation orders for trucks equipped with our Hypertruck ERX system that are cancellable by customers without penalty. As a result, no assurance can be made that reservations will not be cancelled or that reservations will result in the purchase of our electrified powertrain solutions, and any such cancellations could harm our business, combination,prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We may also enter into contracts for the sale of our public stockholders may only receive their pro rataelectrified powertrain solutions that include various cancellation rights in favor of the customer. For example, in May 2020, we entered into a pre-launch sales agreement (the “Agility Pre-Launch Agreement”) with Agility Logistics Cargo Transport Co. WLL (“Agility Transport”), a company organized under the laws of and based in Kuwait and a subsidiary of Agility Public Warehousing Company K.S.C.P. for up to 1,000 trucks equipped with our Hypertruck ERX system in one or more future purchase orders, subject to certain testing and performance requirements and
15

Table of Contents

termination rights, including a right to terminate the Agility Pre-Launch Agreement prior to purchasing all or any portion of Agility Transport’s pre-order. The Agility Pre-Launch Agreement does not specify the funds interms or period upon which these purchase orders may be entered into, such that our sale of Hypertruck ERX system to Agility Transport is subject to the Trust Account that are available for distributionparties reaching further agreement on the terms of the purchase agreements. Any termination, reduction or dispute related to public stockholders,this agreement or others similar to it could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We intend to sell our warrants will expire worthless.

30

Changes in laws or regulations, or aelectrified powertrain solutions to large commercial vehicle OEM customers and large-volume private-fleet and for-hire trucking customers.The failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including ourobtain such customers, loss of sales to such customers, ability to sell full trucks or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract negotiations could have an adverse impact on our business.

We intend to sell our electrified powertrain solutions to commercial vehicle OEMs and completeother large volume customers including private and for-hire trucking fleets. We may not be able to establish relationships with such OEMs or large volume customers if customer demand is not as high as we expect or if commercial vehicle OEMs face pressure from their existing suppliers not to purchase our initial business combination,electrified powertrain solutions. We may enter into long-term contracts with certain of these commercial vehicle OEMs and results of operations.

We areother large volume customers, who have substantial bargaining power with respect to price and other commercial terms, and any long-term contracts would be subject to lawsrenegotiation and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also changerenewal from time to timetime. Failure to obtain new customers, loss of all or a substantial portion of sales to any customers for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, loss of contracts or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewal negotiations, loss of market share by these customers, insolvency of such customers, reduced or delayed customer requirements, plant shutdowns, strikes or other work stoppages affecting production by such customers), or continued reduction of prices to these customers could have a significant adverse effect on our financial results. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or retain large volume customers or that we will be able to offset any reduction of prices to these customers with reductions in our costs or by obtaining new customers.

Demand for our products will ultimately depend on end user customers, some of whom operate in highly cyclical industries, which may subject us to the performance of their industries and those changescan result in uncertainty and significantly impact the demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsprospects, financial condition and operating results.
Demand for our products will ultimately depend on our end-user customers, some of whom operate in highly cyclical industries. Demand in these industries is impacted by numerous factors, including commodity prices, infrastructure spending, housing starts, real estate equity values, interest rates, consumer spending, fuel costs, energy demands, municipal spending and commercial construction, among others. Increases or decreases in these variables may significantly impact the demand for our products. If we are unable to accurately predict demand, we may be unable to meet our customers’ needs, resulting in the loss of potential sales, or we may produce excess products, resulting in increased inventories and overcapacity in our production facilities, increasing our unit production cost and decreasing our operating margins.
Risks Related to our Production Processes and Supply Chain
We face significant barriers to produce our electrified powertrain solutions, and if we cannot successfully overcome those barriers our business will be negatively impacted.
The commercial trucking industry has traditionally been characterized by significant barriers to entry, including the ability to meet performance requirements or industry specifications, acceptance by OEMs and our end users, large capital requirements, investment costs of design and production, long lead times to bring components to market from the concept and design stage, the need for specialized design and development expertise, regulatory requirements, establishing a brand name and image and the need to establish sales capabilities. If we are not able to overcome these barriers, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results will be negatively impacted and our ability to grow our business will be harmed.
Our success will depend on our ability to economically outsource the production, assembly and installation of operations. In addition,our electrified powertrain solutions at scale, and our ability to develop and produce electrified powertrain solutions of sufficient quality and appeal to customers on schedule and at scale is unproven.
Our business depends in large part on our ability to execute our plans to develop, produce, install, assemble, market, sell, and service our electrified powertrain solutions. We currently produce our Hybrid system at our facility in Cedar Park, Texas and expect to begin production of our Hypertruck ERX system in late 2023, at the earliest. Over time, we anticipate we will shift production to our outsourcing partners’ facilities. We anticipate that a significant concentration of this production, assembly and installation will be performed by a small number of outsourcing partners. While these arrangements can lower operating costs,
16

Table of Contents

they also reduce our direct control over production and distribution. Such diminished control may have an adverse effect on the quality or quantity of products or services, or our flexibility to respond to changing conditions.
Our continued development of our electrified powertrain solutions is and will be subject to risks, including with respect to:
the equipment we plan to use being able to accurately produce our electrified powertrain solutions within specified design tolerances;
the compatibility of our electrified powertrain solutions with existing and future commercial vehicle designs;
long- and short-term durability of the components in our electrified powertrain solutions in the day-to-day wear and tear of the commercial trucking environment;
compliance with environmental, workplace safety and similar regulations;
the ability or willingness of our suppliers to deliver key components to our desired specifications, in a timely manner, on acceptable terms, and in the quantities we require;
delays in delivery of final component designs to our suppliers;
our ability to attract, recruit, hire and train skilled employees;
quality controls, particularly as we plan to expand our production capabilities;
delays or disruptions in our supply chain;
other delays and cost overruns; and
our ability to secure additional funding if necessary.
We and our future production partners have no experience to date in high-volume production of our electrified powertrain solutions. We do not know whether we or our future production partners will be able to develop efficient, automated, low-cost production capabilities and processes and reliable sources of component supply, that will enable us to meet the quality, price, engineering, design and production standards, as well as the production volumes required to successfully mass market our electrified powertrain solutions or whether we or our production partners will be able to do so in a manner that avoids significant delays and cost overruns, including as a result of factors beyond our control such as problems with suppliers and vendors, or in time to meet our vehicle commercialization schedules or to satisfy the requirements of customers. Any failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreteddevelop such production processes and applied,capabilities within our projected costs and timelines could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We may experience significant delays in the design, production and launch of our electrified powertrain solutions, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Our electrified powertrain solutions are still in the development and testing phase, and commercial deliveries of the Hypertruck ERX system are not expected to begin until late 2023 or later, and may not occur at all. Any delay in the financing, design, production and launch of our electrified powertrain solutions, including future production of our Hybrid system and Hypertruck ERX system at our outsourcing partners, could materially damage our brand, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We are dependent on large commercial vehicle OEMs and producers of de-contented chassis to provide vehicles for our electrified powertrain solutions.
Because we do not manufacture complete commercial vehicles, we are dependent on commercial vehicle OEMs to provide de-contended chassis (chassis with conventional powertrain components removed) platforms for installing our electrified powertrain solutions. The most favorable financial model for deployment of our products is for OEMs to directly install our products in their commercial vehicles when they are being assembled. If OEMs are unable or unwilling to integrate the installation of our electrified powertrain solutions into their commercial vehicle production lines, we may have to establish other OEM relationships or rely on commercial truck upfitting and modification companies to do this work. To the extent that there are limitations on the availability of de-contented chassis, either due to the unwillingness or inability of OEMs and producers to produce and provide them to us or our installation partners, or a change in governmental regulations or policies, we would either need to develop our own commercial vehicle on which to install our electrified powertrain solutions or install our products into commercial vehicles that would have to be de-contented. Either case could have a negative impact on our ability to negotiatesell our electrified powertrain solutions at the prices, margins, or in the timeframes that we anticipate. Additionally, if commercial vehicle OEMs limit or fail to provide a warranty on vehicles with our electrified powertrain solutions, we will incur additional costs by contracting with a third party to provide warranty services. Any of the foregoing would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and completeoperating results.
We will rely on third parties, including commercial truck upfitting and modification companies and commercial vehicle OEMs, to install our initialelectrified powertrain solutions in vehicles, which is subject to risks.
We intend to enter into agreements with commercial truck upfitting and modification companies and commercial vehicle OEMs to install our electrified powertrain solutions. Using third-party contract manufacturers and installers for the production and installation of our electrified powertrain solutions is subject to risks with respect to operations that are outside our control. We
17

Table of Contents

could experience delays if our outsourcing partners do not meet agreed upon timelines or experience capacity constraints that make it impossible for us to fulfill purchase orders on time or at all. The installation of our solutions may also void the warranty of a vehicle or a vehicle’s components, such as the engine or transmission, which may reduce customer demand for our solutions. Our ability to successfully build a premium brand could also be adversely affected by perceptions about the quality of our outsourcing partners’ products. In addition, although we are involved in each step of the supply chain, production and installation processes, because we also rely on our outsourcing partners and third parties to meet our quality standards, there can be no assurance that the final product will meet expected quality standards.
We are dependent on our suppliers, some of which are single or limited-source suppliers, and the inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of our vehicles at prices, volumes, and performance specifications acceptable to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, combination,prospects, financial condition and resultsoperating results.
We rely on third-party suppliers, some of operations.

whom are single-source suppliers, for the provision and development of many of the key components and materials used in our electrified powertrain solutions, such as natural gas generators. Any failure of these suppliers or outsourcing partners to perform could require us to seek alternative suppliers or to expand our production capabilities, which could incur additional costs and have a negative impact on our cost or supply of components or finished goods. While we plan to obtain components from multiple sources whenever possible, some of the components used in our vehicles will be purchased by us from a single source. Our stockholdersthird-party suppliers may not be able to meet their product specifications and performance characteristics or our desired specifications, performance and pricing, which would impact our ability to achieve our product specifications and performance characteristics as well. Additionally, our third-party suppliers may be held liableunable to obtain required certifications for claimstheir products for which we plan to use or provide warranties that are necessary for our solutions. If we are unable to obtain components and materials used in our electrified powertrain solutions from our suppliers or if our suppliers decide to create or supply a competing product, our business could be adversely affected. While we believe that we may be able to establish alternate supply relationships and can obtain or engineer replacement components for our single source components, we may be unable to do so in the short term (or at all) at prices or quality levels that are favorable to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Increases in costs, disruption of supply or shortage of our components, particularly battery cells, could harm our business.
Once we begin commercial production of our electrified powertrain solutions, we may experience increases in the cost or a sustained interruption in the supply or shortage of our components. Any such increase or supply interruption could materially negatively impact our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. The prices for our components fluctuate depending on market conditions and global demand and could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Any disruption in the supply of battery cells could temporarily disrupt production of our electrified powertrain solutions until a different supplier is fully qualified. Moreover, battery cell manufacturers may refuse to supply electric vehicle manufacturers if they determine that the vehicles are not sufficiently safe. Furthermore, fluctuations or shortages in petroleum and other economic conditions may cause us to experience significant increases in freight charges. Substantial increases in the prices for raw materials may increase the cost of our components and consequently, the costs of products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recoup increasing costs of our components by third parties against usincreasing prices, which could reduce our margins.
Risks Related to Our Industry and Competitive Landscape
Our future growth is dependent upon the commercial trucking industry’s willingness to adopt alternative fuel, hybrid and electric vehicles.
Our growth is highly dependent upon the adoption of alternative fuel, hybrid and electric vehicles by the commercial trucking industry. If the market for alternative fuel, hybrid and electric vehicles and our electrified powertrain solutions does not develop at the rate or in the manner or to the extent that we expect, or if critical assumptions we have made regarding the efficiency, range or performance of distributions receivedour electrified powertrain solutions are incorrect or incomplete, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results will be harmed. The market for alternative fuels, hybrid and electric vehicles is new and untested and is characterized by them upon redemptionrapidly changing technologies, price competition, numerous competitors, evolving government regulation and industry standards and uncertain customer demands and behaviors.
Although we hope to be among the first to bring electrified powertrain solutions to market, competitors have already begun to sell electrified vehicles and may gain a competitive advantage over us.
We face intense competition in trying to be among the first to bring electrified powertrain solutions to market, and we expect competition to intensify in light of increased demand and regulatory push for alternative fuel and electric vehicles.Most of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing and other resources than we do. They may be able to deploy greater resources to the design, development, manufacturing, distribution, promotion, sales, marketing and support of their shares.

Underalternative fuel and electric truck programs. Additionally, our competitors also have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger sales forces, broader customer and industry relationships and other resources than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified research and development, sales, marketing and management personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our

18

Table of Contents

products. Additional mergers and acquisitions may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. We cannot provide assurances that our electrified systems will be the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporationfirst to market and there are no assurances that customers will choose vehicles with our electrified systems over those of our competitors, or over diesel powered trucks.
Numerous companies including Cummins, Daimler, Dana, Navistar, PACCAR, Volvo, Tesla, Nikola, Lion Electric, Hyzon and other commercial vehicle manufacturers have announced their plans to bring Class 8 semi-truck BEVs or FCEVs to the extentmarket. Furthermore, we will also face competition from manufacturers of distributions receivedinternal combustion engines powered by themdiesel fuel and natural gas. We expect additional competitors to enter the industry as well.
Developments in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public sharesalternative technology or improvements in the eventinternal combustion engine may adversely affect the demand for our electrified powertrain solutions.
Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as battery cells, advanced diesel, improved natural gas engines, new power generation technology or alternate fuel sources or improvements in the fuel economy of the internal combustion engine, may materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results in ways we do not completecurrently anticipate. Existing and other battery cell technologies, fuels or sources of energy may emerge as customers’ preferred alternative to our initialelectrified powertrain solutions. Any failure by us to develop new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could materially delay our development and introduction of new and enhanced alternative fuel and electric vehicles, which could result in the loss of competitiveness of our electrified powertrain solutions, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors. Our research and development efforts may not be sufficient to adapt to changes in alternative fuel and electric vehicle technology.
Risks Related to Technology, Data and Privacy-Related Matters
We are subject to cybersecurity risks to operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, integrated software in our electrified powertrain solutions and customer data processed by us or third-party vendors or suppliers and any material failure, weakness, interruption, cyber event, incident or breach of security could prevent us from effectively operating our business.
We collect, store, transmit and otherwise process customer, driver, employee and others’ data as part of our business combination within 24 monthsoperations, which may include personal data or confidential or proprietary information. We also work with partners and third-party service providers or vendors that collect, store and process such data on our behalf in connection with our business. There can be no assurance that any security measures that we or our third-party service providers or vendors have implemented will be effective against current or future security threats.
We are at risk for interruptions, outages and breaches of: (a) operational systems; (b) facility security systems; (c) transmission control modules or other in-product technology; in each case owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers as well as (a) the integrated software in our electrified powertrain solutions; or (b) customer or driver data that we process or our third-party vendors or suppliers process on our behalf. The techniques used by cyber attackers change frequently and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time. Although we maintain information technology measures designed to protect ourselves against intellectual property theft, data breaches and other cyber incidents, we cannot be sure that these systems upon which we rely, including those of our third-party vendors or suppliers, will be effectively implemented, maintained or expanded as planned. If these systems do not operate as we expect them to, we may be required to expend significant resources to make corrections or find alternative sources for performing these functions.Moreover, our proprietary information or intellectual property could be compromised or misappropriated. A significant cyber incident could impact production capability, harm our reputation, cause us to breach our contracts with other parties or subject us to regulatory actions or litigation, any of which could materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Any unauthorized control or manipulation of the information technology systems in our electrified powertrain solutions could result in loss of confidence in us and our electrified powertrain solutions and harm our business.
Our electrified powertrain solutions contain complex information technology systems and built-in data connectivity to accept and install periodic remote updates to improve or update functionality. We have designed, implemented and tested security measures intended to prevent unauthorized access to our information technology networks, our electrified powertrain solutions and related systems. Any unauthorized access to or control of our electrified powertrain solutions, or any loss of customer data, could result in legal claims or proceedings and remediation of such problems could result in significant, unplanned capital expenditures.
Inability to leverage vehicle and customer data could impact our software algorithms and impact research and development operations.
We rely on data collected from the closing use of fleet vehicles outfitted with our products, including vehicle data and data related to battery usage statistics. We use this data in connection with our software algorithms and the research, development and analysis
19

Table of Contents

of our Initial Public Offeringproducts. Our inability to obtain this data or the necessary rights to use this data could result in delays or otherwise negatively impact our research and development efforts.
We may need to defend ourselves against patent, copyright or trademark infringement claims or trade secret misappropriation claims, which may be consideredtime-consuming and cause us to incur substantial costs.
Companies, organizations or individuals, including our competitors, may own or obtain patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights that would prevent or limit our ability to make, use, develop or sell our electrified powertrain solutions, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. We may receive inquiries from patent, copyright or trademark owners inquiring whether we infringe upon their proprietary rights. We may also be the subject of allegations that we have misappropriated their trade secrets or other proprietary rights. Companies owning patents or other intellectual property rights relating to battery packs, electric motors, fuel cells or electronic power management systems may allege infringement or misappropriation of such rights. In response to a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. Ifdetermination that we have infringed upon or misappropriated a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to (a) cease development, sales or use of our products that incorporate the asserted intellectual property, (b) pay substantial damages, (c) obtain a license from the owner of the DGCL intendedasserted intellectual property right, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all or (d) redesign one or more aspects or systems of our electrified powertrain solutions.A successful claim of infringement or misappropriation against us could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Any litigation or claims, whether valid or invalid, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.
Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, includingprotect our intellectual property rights from unauthorized use by third parties.
Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a 60-day notice period duringdecrease in our revenue, which anywould adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we will rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets (including know-how), employee and third-party claimsnondisclosure agreements, copyrights, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to establish and protect our rights in our technology; however, the measures we take to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective.
Patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws vary throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. Further, policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be difficult. Therefore, our intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the U.S.
Also, while we have registered trademarks in an effort to protect our investment in our brand and goodwill with customers, competitors may challenge the validity of those trademarks and other brand names in which we have invested. Such challenges can be brought againstexpensive and may adversely affect our ability to maintain the corporation,goodwill gained in connection with a 90-day period during whichparticular trademark.
Risks Related to Environmental and Regulatory Matters
The unavailability, reduction or elimination of government and economic incentives for alternative fuel use due to policy changes or government regulation could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Any reduction, elimination or discriminatory application of government subsidies and economic incentives because of policy changes, the corporation may reject any claims brought,reduced need for such subsidies and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limitedincentives due to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata shareperceived success of the claimelectric vehicle industry or other reasons may result in the diminished competitiveness of the alternative fuel and electric vehicle industry generally or our electrified powertrain solutions. While certain tax credits and other incentives for alternative energy production, alternative fuel and electric vehicles have been available in the past, there is no guarantee these programs will be available in the future. In particular, we are influenced by federal, state and local tax credits, rebates, grants and other government programs and incentives that promote the use of RNG and natural gas as vehicle fuel.These include various government programs that make grant funds available for the purchase of natural gas vehicles or encourage low carbon “compliant” transportation fuels (including CNG).If current tax incentives are not available in the future, our financial position could be harmed.
Additionally, other changes to governmental regulations and policies could impact the competitiveness of natural gas as a fuel source. For instance, a limitation or ban on extraction methods like fracking, could have a negative impact on the availability and price of natural gas and may adversely affect the growth of the alternative fuel automobile markets. Additionally, an increase in the economic incentives for other fuel sources or BEVs, such as through the subsidization of other fuel sources or higher permitted weight limits for BEVs or FCEVs or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liabilityreduction or elimination of the stockholderhigher permitted weight limits for
20

Table of Contents

natural gas vehicles, could make our products less competitive. Such changes in regulations and policies could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Our business could be negatively affected by unfavorable changes to federal or state tax laws or the adoption of federal or state laws or regulations mandating new or additional limits on the production of GHG emissions, the cost of natural gas and “tailpipe” emissions.
Federal or state laws or regulations may be adopted that would be barred afterimpose new or additional limits on the third anniversaryemissions of GHG. The potential effects of GHG emission limits on our business are subject to significant uncertainties based on, among other things, the timing of the dissolution. However, it isimplementation of any new requirements, the required levels of emission reductions, the nature of any market-based or tax-based mechanisms adopted to facilitate reductions, the relative availability of GHG emission reduction offsets, the development of cost-effective, commercial-scale carbon capture and storage technology and supporting regulations and liability mitigation measures, the range of available compliance alternatives, and our intentionability to redeemdemonstrate that our public sharesproducts qualify as soona compliance alternative under any new statutory or regulatory programs to limit GHG emissions. If our solutions are not able to meet future GHG emission limits or perform as reasonably possible followingwell as BEV, FCEV or other alternative fuel vehicles, for instance due to unavailability of RNG in a particular area, a decline in RNG production, an increase in RNG cost, a decrease in credits for RNG or an increase in our cost, our solutions could be less competitive. Additionally, federal, state or road taxes could be added to natural gas fuel, which would increase the 24th month from the closingoperating cost of our Initial Public Offeringproducts. Furthermore, additional federal or state taxes could be implemented on “tailpipe” emissions, which would have a negative impact on the cost of our products and a positive impact on the cost of BEVs and FCEVs relative to our solutions. Such new federal or state laws or regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We, our outsourcing partners and our suppliers are or may be subject to substantial regulation and unfavorable changes to, or failure by us, our outsourcing partners or our suppliers to comply with, these regulations could substantially harm our business and operating results.
Our electrified powertrain solutions, and the sale of motor vehicles in general, our outsourcing partners and our suppliers are or may be subject to substantial regulation under international, federal, state and local laws. We continue to evaluate requirements for licenses, approvals, certificates and governmental authorizations necessary to manufacture, sell or service our electrified powertrain solutions in the eventjurisdictions in which we do not completeplan to operate and intend to take such actions necessary to comply. We may experience difficulties in obtaining or complying with various licenses, approvals, certifications and other governmental authorizations necessary to manufacture, sell or service their electrified powertrain solutions in any of these jurisdictions. If we, our outsourcing partners or our suppliers are unable to obtain or comply with any of the licenses, approvals, certifications or other governmental authorizations necessary to carry out our operations in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate, or those jurisdictions in which we plan to operate in the future, our business, combinationprospects, financial condition and therefore,operating results could be materially adversely affected. We expect to incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. For example, if the battery packs installed in our electrified powertrain solutions are deemed to be transported, we do not intendwill need to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b)mandatory regulations governing the transport of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder,“dangerous goods,” and any liability ofdeficiency in compliance may result in us being prohibited from selling our electrified powertrain solutions until compliant batteries are installed. Additionally, although we do not believe that our current after-market Hybrid system is required to obtain certifications from the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public sharesEPA in the event that regulators determine that certifications are necessary, we domay be prohibited from selling our Hybrid system until such time as we obtain the required certifications. Any such required changes to our battery packs or Hybrid system will require additional expenditures and may delay the shipment of vehicles. In addition, regulations related to the electric and alternative energy vehicle industry are evolving and we face risks associated with changes to these regulations.

To the extent the laws change, our electrified powertrain solutions and our suppliers’ products may not completecomply with applicable international, federal, state or local laws, which would have an adverse effect on our initialbusiness. Compliance with changing regulations could be burdensome, time consuming and expensive. To the extent compliance with new regulations is cost prohibitive, our business, combination within 24 months fromprospects, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.
We are subject to evolving laws, regulations, standards and contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our reputation, subject us to significant fines and liability or adversely affect our business.
We intend to use our in-vehicle services and functionality to log information about each vehicle’s use in order to aid us in vehicle diagnostics and servicing. Our customers or their drivers may object to the closinguse of this data, which may increase our vehicle maintenance costs and harm our business prospects. Collection of our Initial Public Offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware lawcustomers’, employees’ and such redemption distribution is deemedothers’ information in conducting our business may subject us to be unlawful, then pursuantvarious legislative and regulatory burdens related to Section 174data privacy and security that could require notification of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

31

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation ofdata breaches, restrict our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieuuse of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholdersinformation and hinder our ability to electacquire new directors priorcustomers or market to the consummation of our initial business combination,existing customers. The regulatory framework for data privacy and thus,security is rapidly evolving, and we may not be able to monitor and react to all developments in compliancea timely manner. For example, California requires connected devices to maintain minimum information security requirements. As legislation continues to develop, we will likely be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures and internal processes to comply with Section 211(b)such legislation. In addition, non-compliance with these laws or a significant breach of our third-party service providers’ or

21

Table of Contents

vendors’ or our own network security and systems could have serious negative consequences for our business and future prospects, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for our vehicles and harm to our reputation and brand.
We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and cause delays in building our production facilities.
Our operations are and will be subject to international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including laws relating to the DGCL,use, handling, storage, disposal of and human exposure to hazardous materials. Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex, and we have limited experience complying with them. Moreover, we expect that we will be affected by future amendments to such laws or other new environmental and health and safety laws and regulations which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders wantmay require us to hold an annual meeting priorchange our operations, potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. These laws can give rise to liability for administrative oversight costs, cleanup costs, property damage, bodily injury, fines and penalties. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties, third-party damages, suspension of production or a cessation of our operations.
Contamination at properties we will own or operate, we formerly owned or operated or to which hazardous substances were sent by us, may result in liability for us under environmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the consummationComprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, which can impose liability for the full amount of our initial business combination, they may attemptremediation-related costs without regard to force usfault, for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination and impacts to hold one by submitting an applicationhuman health and for damages to the Delaware Courtnatural resources. The costs of Chancery in accordancecomplying with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securitiesenvironmental laws and such registrationregulations and any claims concerning noncompliance, or liability with respect to contamination in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. We may face unexpected delays in obtaining the required permits and approvals in connection with our planned production facilities that could require significant time and financial resources and delay our ability to operate these facilities, which would adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Capital and Tax Matters
We may need to raise additional funds and these funds may not be available to us when we need them. If we cannot raise additional funds when we need them, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.
The design, production, sale and servicing of our electrified powertrain solutions is capital-intensive. On October 1, 2020, the Company raised net proceeds of $516.5 million. At December 31, 2020, all outstanding warrants were either exercised or redeemed, with gross proceeds of $140.8 million raised, of which $16.3 million was collected during the first quarter of 2021. At December 31, 2022, the Company had total equity of $423.6 million, inclusive of cash and cash equivalents of $119.5 million and total investments of $302.3 million. We may determine that additional funds are necessary earlier than anticipated. This capital may be necessary to fund our ongoing operations, continue research, development and design efforts, create new products and improve infrastructure. We may raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity related or debt securities or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when we need them, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited as a result of ownership changes.
We have incurred losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in place whenthe near future, and may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire, if at all. As of December 31, 2022, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $229.5 million.
Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in taxable periods beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating loss carryforwards in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, is limited to 80% of taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act or the CARES Act.
Under Section 382 of the Code, substantial changes in our ownership may result in an investor desiresannual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized in the future to exercise warrants, thus precludingoffset our taxable income. Generally, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year period. We have completed such investor from beinganalysis and determined that such an ownership change occurred in 2017. This will limit the usage of our 2017 and prior year net operating losses, and will cause $2.0 million of such losses to expire unused, regardless of future taxable income. No other such ownership changes have occurred through December 31, 2022. Due to this, as well as our overall profitability estimate as
22

noted above, we have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.
We may not be able to exercise its warrants exceptobtain or agree on acceptable terms and conditions for all or a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercisesignificant portion of the warrantsgovernment grants, loans and other incentives for which we may apply. As a result, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

We anticipate applying for federal and state grants, loans and tax incentives under government programs designed to stimulate the Securities Acteconomy and support the production of alternative fuel and electric vehicles and related technologies. We anticipate that in the future there will be new opportunities for us to apply for grants, loans and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. Our ability to obtain funds or any state securities laws. However,incentives from government sources is subject to the availability of funds under the terms of the warrant agreement governing the termsapplicable government programs and approval of our warrants, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, butapplications to participate in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, wesuch programs. The application process for these funds and other incentives will use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective, but in no event later than 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement.likely be highly competitive. We cannot assure you that we will be ablesuccessful in obtaining any of these additional grants, loans and other incentives.
Risks Related to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which representOwnership of Our Securities
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
As of December 31, 2022, our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates, as a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of Units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

32

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders and holdersgroup, beneficially owned approximately 22.2% of our Forward Purchase Securities may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class Aoutstanding common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into in connection with our Initial Public Offering, our initial As a result, these stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the shares of Class A common stock into which Founder Shares are convertible, holders of our Private Placement Warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders, holders of our Private Placement Warrants, holders of our Forward Purchase Securities, holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

Although we expect to focus our search for a target business in the energy industry, we may complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector. However, we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. There is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directorsexercise a significant level of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Because we intend to seek a business combination with a target business or businesses in the energy industry, we expect our future operations to be subject to risks associated with this industry.

We intend to focus our search for a target business in the energy industry. We may pursue a target business in any sector within the energy industry,control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the upstream, midstream and energy services sectorselection of the oil and gas industry in North America. Risks inherent in investments in the energy industry include, but are not limited to, the following:

Volatility of oil and natural gas prices;

Price and availability of alternative fuels, such as solar, coal, nuclear and wind energy;

Competitive pressures in the utility industry, primarily in wholesale markets, as a result of consumer demand, technological advances, greater availability of natural gas and other factors;

Significant federal, state and local regulation, taxation and regulatory approval processes as well as changes in applicable laws and regulations;

The speculative nature of and high degree of risk involved in investments in the upstream, midstream and energy services sectors, including relying on estimates of oil and gas reserves and the impacts of regulatory and tax changes;


Drilling, exploration and development risks, including encountering unexpected formations or pressures, premature declines of reservoirs, blow-outs, equipment failures and other accidents, cratering, sour gas releases, uncontrollable flows of oil, natural gas or well fluids, adverse weather conditions, pollution, fires, spills and other environmental risks, any of which could lead to environmental damage, injury and loss of life or the destruction of property;

Proximity and capacity of oil, natural gas and other transportation and support infrastructure to production facilities;

Availability of key inputs, such as strategic consumables, raw materials and drilling and processing equipment;

The supply of and demand for oilfield services and equipment in the United States and internationally;

Available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;

Changes in global supply and demand and prices for commodities;

Impact of energy conservation efforts;

Technological advances affecting energy production and consumption;

Overall domestic and global economic conditions;

Availability of, and potential disputes with, independent contractors;

Natural disasters, terrorist acts, public health or safety concerns and governmental restrictions, including those caused by outbreaks of pandemic disease such as the recent coronavirus outbreak, and similar dislocations; and

Value of U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of other countries.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors outside of the energy industry (which industries may or may not be outsidedirectors, amendment of our management’s areasCertificate of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidatesIncorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us or changes in management and will make the energy industry, we will consider a business combination outsideapproval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the energy industry if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the energy industry after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the energy industry, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the energy industry would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

34

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have allsupport of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues, cash flows or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm. However, our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion, nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

stockholders.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, to completeincluding under our initial business combination or under an employeeequity incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.plans. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock, to completeincluding under our initial business combination or under an employeeequity incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The issuanceplans. Any such issuances of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interests of our investors;

may subordinate the rights ofstock may cause significant dilution, subordinate the rights to holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.


Unlike some other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in our Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination (other than the Forward Purchase Securities), the ratio at which Founder Shares will convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of our shares of common stock outstanding upon completionto those of our Initial Public Offering plus the number of shares of Class A commonpreferred stock, cause a change in control, and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding the Forward Purchase Securities and any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, whichadversely affect prevailing market prices.

General Risks
Future product recalls could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locateour business, prospects, financial condition and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the fundsoperating results.
Any product recall in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to completefuture, whether it involves us or a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, wecompetitor’s product, may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which couldnegative publicity, damage our brand and materially adversely affect subsequent attemptsour business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In the future, we may voluntarily or involuntarily, initiate a recall if any of our products (including the batteries we design, develop and manufacture) prove to locatebe defective or noncompliant with applicable federal motor vehicle safety standards or other laws or regulations. Such recalls may involve significant expense and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portiondiversion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders,management attention and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are dependent upon our officers and directors, and their lossother resources, which could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effectbrand image, as well as our business, combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements ofprospects, financial condition and operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us toresults.

We have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.


In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our current officers may not remain in their positions following our business combination. We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.


Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, all of the members of our management team and certain of our directors are or will be employed by Tortoise or affiliates of Tortoise, which is an investment manager to various private investment funds which may make investments in companies that we may target for our initial business combination. Our independent directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are, and some or all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and officers and directors are,been, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business.

Our officersbe, adversely affected by the global COVID-19 pandemic, the duration and directors also may become awareeconomic, governmental and social impact of business opportunitieswhich is difficult to predict, which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so, or we may acquire a target business through an Affiliated Joint Acquisition with one or more affiliates of Tortoise and/or one or more investors in the Tortoise Funds. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, certain of the Tortoise Funds are focused on investments in the energy industry. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for the Tortoise Funds.

38

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders. Our officers and directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. They may also have investments in target businesses. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our obligation to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Moreover, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity affiliated with Tortoise and/or one or more investors in the Tortoise Funds. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the business combination by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

Since our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us ifsignificantly harm our business, combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In November 2018, 5,750,000 Founder Shares were issued to our Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 718,750 shares thereof, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Upon the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors, Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar. In addition, Tortoise Borrower has purchased an aggregate of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,660,183, or $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. The Founder Shares are identical to the public shares, except that only holders of the Founder Shares have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to our initial business combination and they are shares of Class B common stock that automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein. However, the holders have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our Sponsor, affiliates of our Sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following our initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of our Initial Public Offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage andprospects, financial condition and thus negativelyoperating results.

Since early 2020, there have been periods of widespread worldwide impact from the valueCOVID-19 pandemic, and we have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected as a result. Numerous government regulations and public advisories, as well as shifting social behaviors, temporarily limited or closed non-essential transportation, government functions, business activities and person-to-person interactions. Reduced operations and production line shutdowns at commercial vehicle OEMs due to COVID-19, limitations on travel by our personnel and personnel of our stockholders’ investment in us.

We may choosecustomers and increased demand for commercial trucks within our customers’ fleets caused a delay to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. The incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;


our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceedsplanned installation of our Initial Public OfferingHybrid system on their trucks. A resurgence of COVID-19 and related variants could result in similar restrictions to normal business activity in the salefuture and cause delays or shutdowns of the Private Placement Warrants and the Forward Purchase Securities, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of productscommercial vehicle OEMs or services. This lack of diversification may negativelyour suppliers that could impact our operationsability to meet customer orders.

We are or may be subject to risks associated with strategic alliances or acquisitions and profitability.

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuateidentify adequate strategic relationship opportunities, or form strategic relationships, in the future.

We have entered into strategic alliances and may in the future enter into additional strategic alliances or joint ventures or minority equity investments, in each case with various third parties for the production of our business combinationelectrified powertrain solutions as well as with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issuesother collaborators with capabilities on data and the requirement that we prepareanalytics, engineering, installation channels, refueling stations and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification mayhydrogen fuel cells. These alliances subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreadinga number of risks, or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may haveincluding risks associated with sharing proprietary information, non-performance by the resources to complete several business combinationsthird party and increased expenses in different industries or different areas of a single industry. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks,establishing new strategic alliances, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact uponmaterially and adversely affect our business. Strategic business relationships will be an important factor in the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent togrowth and success of our business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (ifbusiness. However, there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

40

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in some other blank check company offerings, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than in some other blank check companies. For example, historically, the exercise price of a warrant was often a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as provided herein. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money than warrants with a lower exercise price and therefore are more likely to expire worthless.

41

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, which must include a majority of our independent directors and each of the non-independent directors nominated by our Sponsor, to approve our initial business combination, which may have the effect of delaying or preventing a business combination that our public stockholders would consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, which must include a majority of our independent directors and each of the non-independent directors nominated by our Sponsor, to approve our initial business combination. Accordingly, it is unlikelyassurances that we will be able to enter into an initialcontinue to identify or secure suitable business combination unless

23

Table of Contents

relationship opportunities in the future or our Sponsor’s members findcompetitors may capitalize on such opportunities before we do. Moreover, identifying such opportunities could require substantial management time and resources, and negotiating and financing relationships involves significant costs and uncertainties. If we are unable to successfully source and execute on strategic relationship opportunities in the targetfuture, our overall growth could be impaired, and our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.
When appropriate opportunities arise, we may acquire additional assets, products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our existing business. In addition to possible stockholder approval, we may need approvals and licenses from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with any applicable laws and regulations, which could result in increased delay and costs, and may disrupt our business strategy if we fail to do so. Furthermore, acquisitions and the business combination attractive. This may make it more difficult for us to approvesubsequent integration of new assets and enterbusinesses into an initial business combination than other blank check companiesour own require significant attention from our management and could result in us not pursuing an acquisition target or other board or corporate action that our public stockholders would find favorable.

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificatea diversion of incorporation or other governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our stockholders or warrantholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, we may amend various provisions of our charter and governing instruments, including the warrant agreement, the underwriting agreement relating to our Initial Public Offering, the letter agreement among us, Tortoise, Atlas Point Fund and our Sponsor, officers and directors, and the registration rights agreement among us, Tortoise and our initial stockholders. These agreements contain various provisions that our public stockholders might deem to be material. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to any of these agreements prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to any such agreement in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Except in relation to the charter, any such amendments would not require approvalresources from our stockholders and mayexisting business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charteroperations. Acquired assets or other governing instruments or change our industry focus in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholdersbusinesses may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibitsgenerate the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions (other than amendments relating to the appointment of directors, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our common stock voting at a stockholder meeting) related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result,financial results we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.


Our Sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that we have entered into with Tortoise, our Sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees and Atlas Point Fund. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against Tortoise, our Sponsor, officers, directors or director nominees or Atlas Point Fund for any breach of these agreements. As aexpect. Acquisitions could result in the eventuse of a breach,substantial amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the occurrence of significant goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business. Moreover, the costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in an approximately 152,000 square foot facility comprised of two buildings that we lease in Cedar Park, Texas, just north of Austin, Texas, where we design, develop, prototype and perform low volume assembly and installation of our stockholders would needelectrified powertrain systems and components. Our lease of this facility expires in April 2027 and we have the option to pursue a stockholder derivative action,extend the lease for two additional five-year terms. We also lease an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in West Chester, Ohio, where we design and develop the KARNO technology. Our lease of the Ohio facility expires in September 2023.
We believe that our current facilities are in good working order and are capable of supporting our operations for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to evaluate buying or leasing additional space as needed to accommodate our growth.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company is subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the fundsclaims in legal proceedings arising in the Trust Accountordinary course of its business, including payroll-related and various employment-related matters. All litigation currently pending against the Company relates to matters that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Ifhave arisen in the net proceedsordinary course of our Initial Public Offeringbusiness and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and the Forward Purchase Securities prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, or if Atlas Point Fund decides not to exercise its right to purchase all of the Forward Purchase Securities, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure youCompany believes that such financingmatters will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our business combination.

Our initial stockholders control the election of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own shares representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, the Founder Shares, all of which are held by our initial stockholders, will entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended by a majority of at least 90% of our common stock voting at a stockholder meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over the election of directors prior to our initial business combination. Accordingly, our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our initial stockholders, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination. The Forward Purchase Securities will not be issued until completion of our initial business combination, and, accordingly, will not be included in any stockholder vote until such time.

43

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the warrant could be converted into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided), the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants are issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided), shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us for cash so long as they are held by Tortoise or its permitted transferees.

In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of shares of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case, you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A common stock had your warrants remained outstanding.

44

Our ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption or if there is no effective registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer shares of Class A common stock upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.

If our shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that our shares of Class A common stock satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. “Cashless exercise” means the warrant holder pays the exercise price by giving up some of the shares for which the warrant is being exercised, with those shares valued at the then-current market price. Accordingly, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

In addition, if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within a specified period following the consummation of our initial business transaction, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis. For purposes of calculating the number of shares issuable upon such cashless exercise, the “fair market value” of warrants shall be calculated using the volume weighted average sale price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.

If we choose to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, which we may do at our sole discretion, or if holders elect to do so when there is no effective registration statement, the number of shares of Class A common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the shares of Class A common stock have a fair market value per share of $17.50 per share, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 shares of Class A common stock. The holder would have received 875 shares of Class A common stock if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of shares of Class A common stock upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.

Our warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 11,650,458 shares of Class A common stock as part of the Units. We also issued 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. In addition, we may issue up to approximately 15.5 million shares of Class A common stock to Atlas Point Fund in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.

Our initial stockholders currently own an aggregate of 5,825,230 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,500,000 Private Placement Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant. To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock and reduce the value of the Class A common stock issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and Founder Shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

45

Because each unit contains one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the Units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units, and only whole warrants will trade. This is different from other blank check companies similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the Units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our Units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if we issue additional shares of common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a newly issued price of less than $9.20 per share of common stock, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to equal 115% of the newly issued price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing our initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2020. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome for us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions (other than actions arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction) and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us and our directors, officers or other employees and may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

47

Our search for a business combination may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout China and other parts of the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19. A significant outbreak of COVID-19 and other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and potential target companies may defer or end discussions for a potential business combination with us whether or not COVID-19 materially adversely affects their business operations.  Additionally, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination may be materially adversely affected.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

If we pursue a target business with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;


unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

global or national health concerns, including health epidemics such as the recent coronavirus outbreak at the beginning of 2020;

terrorist attacks and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business,consolidated financial condition, and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject,or cash flows.

Refer to a significant extent,Note 17 of the notes to the economic, political andconsolidated financial statements for further information on our legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies,proceedings.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
24

Table of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.


Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in non-U.S. regions fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Item 2.Properties.

Our executive offices are located at 5100 W. 115th Place, Leawood, KS 66211, and our telephone number is (913) 981-1020. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to our Sponsor (or an affiliate thereof) for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.


Part II

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information

Our Units began tradingcommon stock is currently listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SHLL.U” on February 28, 2019. Commencing on April 22, 2019, holders“HLYN.” Prior to the consummation of the Units could elect to separately trade the shares of Class ABusiness Combination, our common stock and Warrants comprising the Units. The shares of Class A common stock and Warrants that are separated trade on the NYSE under the symbols “SHLL” and “SHLL WS,” respectively. Those Units not separated continue to tradewas listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SHLL.U.“SHLL.

Holders

At March 20, 2020,

As of February 17, 2023, there was one holder of record of our Units, one holder of record of our Class A common stock, fivewere 84 holders of record of our Class BCommon Stock. A greater number of holders of our common stock twoare “street name” or beneficial holders, of record of our Warrantswhose shares are held by banks, brokers and one holder of record of our Private Placement Warrants. 

Dividends

other financial institutions.

Dividend Policy
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to datedate. We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and do not intenddebt repayment and have no current plans to pay cash dividends priorfor the foreseeable future. Any decision to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cashdeclare and pay dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be withinmade at the discretion of our boardBoard of directors at such time.Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock. Also in February 2019, our Sponsor transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Tortoise Borrower. In March 2019, our Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors. Also in March 2019, our Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for no consideration, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 4,439,605 Founder Shares. Our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any other stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination,addition, our ability to declarepay dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we may agreeor our subsidiaries incur. We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of the common stock in connection therewith.

the foreseeable future.

Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities AuthorizedExchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or incorporated by reference into any filing of Hyliion under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
The following graph shows a comparison, from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022, of the cumulative total return on our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P American SmallCap Capital Goods Index. Data for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P American SmallCap Capital Goods Index assumes an investment of $100 on January 1, 2020 and reinvestment of dividends.hyln-20221231_g2.jpg

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; UseEquity Securities
In connection with the acquisition of Proceedsassets from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

In November 2018, our Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 Founder Shares for $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. The Founder Shares will automatically convert intoGeneral Electric Company, acting solely by and through its GE Additive business unit, on September 26, 2022, we issued an aggregate of 5,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock at the time(the “Share

25

Table of Contents

Consideration”) to General Electric Company as a portion of the initial business combination. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend of 718,750consideration for the assets. Such shares of our Class B common stock, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares (up to 843,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering did not exercise their over-allotment option). On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, our Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by us. On February 27, 2019, our Sponsor transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Tortoise Borrower. On March 4, 2019, Tortoise Borrower transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Atlas Point Fund pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and our Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors. The Founder Shares were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to an exemption from registration contained inprovided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Act of 1933, as amended.

Simultaneously

ITEM 6. RESERVED
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the consummationconsolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Dollar amounts in this discussion are expressed in millions, except as otherwise noted. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside of our Initial Public Offering, Tortoise Borrower purchasedcontrol. Our actual results could differ materially from us an aggregatethose discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants (fornew information, new developments or otherwise, except to the extent that such disclosure is required by applicable law.
For discussion related to changes in financial condition and the results of operations for fiscal year 2020-related items, refer to Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2021, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2022.
Comparability of Financial Information
Our historical operations and statements of assets and liabilities may not be comparable to our operations and statements of assets and liabilities as a purchase price of approximately $6.66 million). Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. The saleresult of the Private Placement WarrantsBusiness Combination and becoming a public company.
Key Factors Affecting Operating Results
We believe that our performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including but not limited to those discussed below and in Item 1A “Risk Factors”.
Successful Commercialization of Our Drivetrain Solutions
We began selling our Hybrid system in the fourth quarter of 2021 and sales continued throughout 2022. Our first early development Hypertruck ERX showcase unit was made pursuantunveiled on August 31, 2021 at the ACT Expo in Long Beach, California and throughout 2021 and 2022 we’ve offered potential customers the opportunity to an exemptionexperience its operation in demonstration events and in real-world applications hauling freight for shippers.
The Hybrid system offers fleets a solution that is easy to install, service and operate. It draws upon the real-world feedback we have received from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2)customers and the millions of the Securities Act.

Use of Proceeds

On the Closing Date, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 23,300,917 Units, including 800,917 Units that were issued pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $233.0 million.

On March 4, 2019, simultaneouslymiles logged with the consummationsystem. Due to shortages of our Initial Public Offering,various components caused by global supply chain disruptions, we completed the private sale of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant to Tortoise Borrower, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $6.66 million.

Barclays Capital Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and UBS Securities LLC served as underwriters for our Initial Public Offering. The securities sold in our Initial Public Offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-229537) (the “Registration Statement”). The SEC declared the Registration Statement effective on February 27, 2019.

From November 7, 2018 (date of inception) through the Closing Date, we incurred approximately $13.36 million for costs and expenses related to our Initial Public Offering. In connection with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we paid a total of approximately $4.64 million in underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the underwriters agreed to defer approximately $8.13 million in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the initial business combination. Prior to the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor advanced us $580,000 to be usedexperienced longer delivery times for a portion of the expensesorders we received on new Hybrid systems in 2022. In addition, we continually assess the potential demand impact for the Hybrid system offering in light of recent changes within the competitive landscape.

In November 2021, we began our Hypertruck ERX roadshow, which consists of numerous technology fleet experiences focused on demonstrating the features and benefits of the electric powertrain firsthand. The roadshow consists of “Ride and Drive” events and in-depth product education of the Hypertruck ERX system's features and benefits, including how it enables fleet decarbonization goals while also reducing total cost of ownership. Our development timeline is expected to extend into late 2023 to allow for design verification and testing inclusive of critical summer and winter seasons, fleet trials with customers, as well as the accumulation of up to one million miles of operation prior to production.
During 2022 we made significant progress achieving a series of milestones on a development roadmap that we first laid out in late 2021. We completed assembly of the first verification vehicles early in the year that we subsequently used for design validation, on-road testing, customer Ride and Drive events and controlled fleet trials with customers. We successfully completed summer testing of the Hypertruck ERX system by taking four vehicles to Davis Dam in Arizona where they were subjected to rigorous operation, hauling heavy loads up steep grades and over long distances in temperatures of up to 110 degrees Fahrenheit.
We also deployed verification vehicles into controlled fleet trials with customers, where the trucks are used in standard freight hauling operations with the fleets’ customers. Fleet trials provide the opportunity for Hyliion engineers and technicians to
26

Table of Contents

closely monitor vehicles operations and obtain feedback from drivers on how well the powertrain functions. Late in 2022, we began subjecting verification vehicles to winter testing where we observe system operation in extremely cold conditions.
Prior to beginning commercialization of the Hypertruck ERX system, which is expected in late 2023, we will complete winter testing, expanded fleet trials with more trucks and more customers and complete required certifications with the California Air Resources Board, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
Supply chain constraints in 2022 were widespread in the trucking industry, causing shortages of semiconductors and other key components needed for truck production and extending delivery times for new trucks into 2023. We placed orders with Peterbilt for all chassis needed in 2022 early in the year and secured build slots for the 2023 calendar year to mitigate future potential supply chain impacts to our Hypertruck ERX development and production schedule. We continue to work closely with our current supply base to improve delivery of components for the quarters ahead and are diligently seeking alternative sources of supply for components that meet our technical specifications with shorter lead times.
In late 2023, we plan to first release the Hypertruck ERX system into commercial production leveraging a natural gas engine as the onboard generator. In the years following, we plan to release the Hypertruck KARNO, our fuel agnostic variant, as the second phase in the Hyliion journey to a hydrogen-based future. We will also explore other adjacent markets to leverage the KARNO technology for cost savings and emissions reductions.
We anticipate that a substantial portion of our Initial Public Offering. On March 29, 2019, a totalcapital resources and efforts in the near future will be focused on the continued development and commercialization of $580,000 was repaid to our Sponsor outdrivetrain solutions and for working capital purposes as we ramp up production volumes of the $1,000,000 of proceeds from our Initial Public Offering that were allocated for the payment of offering expenses other than underwriting discountsHypertruck ERX system. The amount and commissions. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our Initial Public Offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on March 1, 2019.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of approximately $8.13 million, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the initial business combination) and offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were approximately $234.4 million, of which approximately $233.0 million (or $10.00 per Unit sold in our Initial Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account.

Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

We are a smaller reporting company as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. As a result, pursuant to Item 301(c) of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “initial business combination”). On the Closing Date, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 23,300,917 Units, including 800,917 Units that were issued pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $233.0 million. We incurred offering costs of approximately $13.36 million, inclusive of approximately $8.13 million in deferred underwriting commissions.


On March 4, 2019, simultaneously with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, we completed the private sale of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants to Tortoise Borrower at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds to us of approximately $6.66 million.

Approximately $233.0 million of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants has been deposited in the Trust Account.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay franchise and income taxes, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares that have been properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of such public sharesfuture funding requirements, if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months fromany, will depend on many factors, including the closingpace and results of our Initial Public Offering;research and (iii)development efforts, the redemptionbreadth of 100%product offerings we plan to commercialize, the pace of sales and production growth, as well as factors that are outside of our control.

Customer Demand
In 2022, we announced our Founders Program, which enables customers who have committed to our first 210 Hypertruck ERX units to receive an expanded level of service, fueling, maintenance, and operating support as the trucks become available late in 2023. We believe the Founders Program will give customers a greater level of confidence as they shift from diesel-powered trucks to trucks with an electrified powertrain. We also believe that the successful completion of testing, validation, and certification work we are doing ahead of the public shares ifHypertruck launch will be an inflection point for orders as some customers are waiting for final development and certification before placing orders. As these milestones are achieved, we are unableexpect to complete an initial business combination within 24 monthscontinue to grow our order backlog for additional truck deliveries in 2024 and beyond. We continue to assess leaders in industry and sustainability initiatives for inclusion in other early adopter programs.
The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 was signed into law in August 2022, under which the Hypertruck ERX system will qualify fleets to receive a 30% tax credit up to $40,000 per vehicle adopted. We expect this incentive to drive further interest in and demand for the Hypertruck ERX system.
We began selling the Hybrid system in the fourth quarter of 2021 and generated $2.1 million in revenue in 2022 from selling Hybrid systems, where our powertrain technology is retrofitted onto existing trucks, and full trucks with the closingHybrid system pre-installed. We expect a similar level of demand for our Hybrid system inclusive of Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with the Hybrid system in 2023 that we saw in 2022 as customer assess various competing options for electrified powertrains and as the date of commercialization for the Hypertruck ERX system approaches.
27

Table of Contents

Key Components of Statements of Operations
Revenue
We currently generate revenues from sales of Hybrid systems for Class 8 semi-trucks and limited quantities of Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with the Hybrid system.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue includes all direct costs such as labor and materials, overhead costs, warranty costs and any write-down of inventory to net realizable value.
Research and Development Expense
Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the discovery and development of our Initial Public Offering, or March 4, 2021 (the “Combination Period”). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subjectelectrified powertrain solutions, which include:
personnel-related expenses including salaries, benefits, travel and share-based compensation, for personnel performing research and development activities;
fees paid to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public stockholders.

In connection with our Initial Public Offering, we entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement pursuantthird parties such as contractors for outsourced engineering services and to which Atlas Point Fund agreed to purchase up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of Forward Purchase Units for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. Whether we will issue Atlas Point Fund Forward Purchase Units valued at $10.00 per unit or Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share will be determined at our election, and in our sole discretion, at least 10 business days prior to the closing of our initial business combination. The Forward Purchase Agreement is subject to conditions, including Atlas Point Fund giving us its irrevocable written consent to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after we notify Atlas Point Fund of our intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed initial business combination. Atlas Point Fund may grant or withhold its consent to the purchase entirely within its sole discretion. Accordingly, if Atlas Point Fund does not consent to the purchase, it will not be obligated to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities.

We are currently in the process of locating suitable targets for an initial business combination. We intend to effectuate an initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, the private placement of Forward Purchase Securities, and from additional issuances, if any, of our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt. We are pursuing acquisition opportunities and, at any given time, may be in various stages of due diligence or preliminary discussions with respect to a number of potential acquisitions. From time to time, we may enter into non-binding letters of intent, but we are currently not subject to any definitive merger or acquisition (or similar) agreement with respect to any business combination. However, we cannot assure you that we will identify any suitable target candidates or, if identified, that we will be able to complete the acquisition of such candidates on favorable terms or at all.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any significant operations nor generated any operating revenue to date. Our only activities from inception through the Closing Dateconsultants;

expenses related to our formationtruck components for development and our Initial Public Offering. Although we have not generated operating revenue, we have generated non-operating incometest vehicles, materials, supplies and other third-party services;
depreciation for equipment used in the formresearch and development activities;
acquired in-process research and development from asset acquisition; and
allocation of investment income from investments held in the Trust Account. general overhead costs.
We expect to incur increasedcontinue to invest in research and development activities to achieve operational and commercial goals and as we develop new platforms that incorporate our Hypertruck ERX system.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for our corporate, executive, finance, sales, marketing and other administrative functions, expenses for outside professional services, including legal, audit and accounting services, as well as expenses for facilities, depreciation, amortization, travel, sales and marketing costs. Personnel-related expenses consist of salaries, benefits and share-based compensation. Factors that also affect SG&A expense include the total number of employees, costs incurred as a result of beingoperating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, legal, audit, insurance, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.
We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to remain relatively flat in the near term or increase slowly compared to 2022 spending levels.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income currently consists primarily of interest income earned on our investments. As a result of our acquisition of the KARNO generator technology, we plan to assume a government contract with the United States Office of Naval Research that is not expected to have a material impact on our business.
28

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021
The following table summarizes our results of operations on a consolidated basis for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change% Change
Revenues
Product sales and other$2,106 $200 $1,906 953.0 %
Total revenues2,106 200 1,906 953.0 %
Cost of revenues
Product sales and other8,778 2,737 6,041 220.7 %
Total cost of revenues8,778 2,737 6,041 220.7 %
Gross loss(6,672)(2,537)(4,135)163.0 %
Operating expenses
Research and development110,370 58,261 52,109 89.4 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses41,988 35,299 6,689 18.9 %
Total operating expenses152,358 93,560 58,798 62.8 %
Loss from operations(159,030)(96,097)(62,933)65.5 %
Interest income5,724 779 4,945 634.8 %
Loss on impairment and disposal of assets(19)(730)711 (97.4)%
Other expense, net(32)— (32)N/A
Net loss$(153,357)$(96,048)$(57,309)59.7 %
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.87)$(0.56)$(0.31)55.4 %
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted175,400,486 172,216,477 3,184,009 1.8 %
Revenue
Sales increased $1.9 million, driven by sales associated with our Hybrid products. We continue to pursue the sale of both Hybrid systems as well as complete vehicles installed with our Hybrid system.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues increased $6.0 million, driven by costs associated with sales of Hybrid systems. We expect a difference in timing between recognition of revenues and cost of revenues due to write-down of inventory to net realizable value in periods prior to sales. The increase in cost of revenues includes:
Inventory write-downs of $3.2 million attributable to inventory on hand that had a cost higher than its expected net realizable value;
Costs associated with sales of Hybrid systems and class 8 semi-trucks of $2.2 million; and
Warranty costs of $0.6 million for estimated costs to administer and maintain the pursuitwarranty program for labor, transportation and parts, excluding any contribution from vendors.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses increased $52.1 million primarily due to:
$28.8 million related to acquisition of hydrogen and fuel agnostic capable generator technology (“KARNO”) in September 2022 from General Electric Company's GE Additive business to develop and commercialize the fuel-agnostic Hypertruck KARNO;
An increase of $19.0 million for the design and testing of our acquisition plans.

ForHypertruck ERX system including an increase in expenses related to components, services and personnel as we build out our engineering, operations and supply chain teams and associated capabilities; and

29

Table of Contents

An increase of $3.4 million for the period from November 7, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, we had a net lossdesign and testing of approximately $600, which consisted of approximately $600 inour Hypertruck KARNO system.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative expenses.

expenses increased $6.7 million primarily due to:

An increase in personnel and benefits of $5.7 million and software costs of $1.8 million as we continue to grow our sales and other functions, including expenses associated with CFO transition; partially offset by
A decrease of $0.5 million for marketing and advertising.
Other Income (Expense)
Total other income increased $5.6 million primarily due to:
An increase of $4.9 million in interest income on investments; and
A loss on impairment and disposal of assets of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Cash Flows
Net cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash provided by or used in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for is summarized as follows for the periods indicated and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20222021
Cash from operating activities$(116,877)$(80,502)
Cash from investing activities(22,022)(65,991)
Cash from financing activities(78)15,898 
$(138,977)$(130,595)
Cash from Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had2022, cash flows used in operating activities were $116.9 million. Cash used primarily related to a net incomeloss of approximately $2.3$153.4 million, which consisted of approximately $3.9adjusted for $8.7 million change in working capital accounts and $45.2 million in investment income, offset by approximately $465,000 in general and administrativecertain non-cash expenses $100,000 in related-party administrative expenses, $200,000 in franchise tax expense and approximately $768,000 in income tax expense.


Going Concern Consideration

Until the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, our only source of liquidity was an initial sale of Founder Shares to our Sponsor. Additionally, our Sponsor advanced us funds totaling approximately $580,000 pursuant to an unsecured promissory note (the “Note”) to cover expenses(including $28.8 million related to our Initial Public Offeringacquired in-process research and certain operating expenses. On March 29, 2019, we repaid the Note to our Sponsor in full. Subsequent to the Closing Date, our liquidity needs have been satisfied through the net proceeds from the saledevelopment comprised of the Private Placement Warrants not held in the Trust Account and an aggregate of $812,000 of interest income released from the Trust Account since inception to fund income tax payments.

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $916,000 of cash in our operating account and approximately $3.0 million of investment income earned from investments held in the Trust Account that may be released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses).

In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should we be required to liquidate after March 4, 2021.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

In November 2018, our Sponsor paid $25,000 in offering expenses on our behalf in exchange for the issuance of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend of 718,750 Founder Shares, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares (up to 843,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters did not exercise their over-allotment option). On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, our Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by us. The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in our Initial Public Offering except that the Founder Shares are shares of Class B common stock which automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the initial business combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the initial business combination and (ii) subsequent to the initial business combination, (a) if the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizationsnoncash component and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the consummation of the initial business combination, and (b) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the rightcash component attributable to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, we completed the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to Tortoise Borrower, generating gross proceeds of approximately $6.66 million. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from our Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the initial business combination is not completed within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by Tortoise Borrower or its permitted transferees.

Tortoise Borrower agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the initial business combination.

54

Note Payable to Our Sponsor

On November 7, 2018, our Sponsor agreed to advance us funds to cover expensesinvesting activities, $7.0 million related to our Initial Public Offering pursuantshare-based compensation, $5.6 million related to the Note. This Note was non-interest bearinginventory write-downs and payable on the earlier of 180 days$2.5 million related to depreciation, amortization and the closing of our Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $580,000 under the Note, and repaid the Note in full on March 29, 2019.

Administrative Services Agreement

Pursuant to an administrative services agreement between us and our Sponsor dated February 27, 2019, we agreed to pay our Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. Upon completion of the initial business combination or our liquidation, the agreement will terminate. We incurred $100,000 for expenses in connection with the administrative services agreement foraccretion charges).

For the year ended December 31, 2019, which2021, cash flows used in operating activities were $80.5 million. Cash used primarily related to a net loss of $96.0 million, adjusted for $4.2 million changes in working capital accounts and $11.4 million in certain non-cash expense (including $4.9 million related to share-based compensation, $2.3 million related to inventory write-downs, $1.8 million related to amortization of investment premiums and discounts, $0.9 million related to depreciation and amortization, $0.7 million related to non-cash lease expense and $0.7 million related to loss on impairment or disposal of assets).
Cash from Investing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2022, cash flows used in investing activities were $22.0 million. Cash used primarily related to the purchase of investments totaling $268.6 million, the cash component of acquired in-process research and development of $14.4 million and property and equipment of $2.9 million, partially offset by the sale or maturity of investments of $263.7 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash flows used in investing activities were $66.0 million. Cash used primarily related to the purchase of investments totaling $317.8 million, partially offset by the sale or maturity of investments of $254.2 million.
Cash from Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2022, cash flows used in financing activities were $0.1 million. Cash flows were primarily due to payment of taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards of $0.2 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash flows provided by financing activities were $15.9 million. Cash flows were primarily due to proceeds from the exercise of warrants of $16.3 million and proceeds from the exercise of common stock options of $0.6 million, partially offset by repayment of $0.9 million from a Paycheck Protection Program loan.
30

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2022, our current assets were $324.2 million, consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents of $119.5 million, short-term investments of $193.7 million, and prepaid expenses of $9.8 million. Our current liabilities were $14.7 million primarily comprised of accounts payable, accrued expenses and operating lease liabilities.
We believe the credit quality and liquidity of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2022 is reflectedstrong and will provide sufficient liquidity to satisfy operating requirements, working capital purposes and strategic initiatives. The unrealized gains and losses of the portfolio may remain volatile as changes in the accompanying statementgeneral interest environment and supply and demand fluctuations of operations. On March 29, 2019,the securities within our Sponsor assignedportfolio impact daily market valuations. To mitigate the risk associated with this market volatility, we deploy a relatively conservative investment strategy focused on capital preservation and liquidity whereby no investment security may have a final maturity of more than 36 months from the date of acquisition or a weighted average maturity exceeding 18 months. Eligible investments under the Company’s investment policy bearing a minimum credit rating of A1, A-1, F1 or higher for short-term investments and A2, A, or higher for longer-term investments include money market funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and municipal securities. Additionally, all of its rights, interestsour debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity as we have the intent and ability to hold these investment securities to maturity, which minimizes any realized losses that we would recognize prior to maturity. However, even with this approach we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual or unpredictable market developments, and we may experience reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk decline due to unpredictable market developments. In addition, these unusual and unpredictable market developments may also create liquidity challenges for certain of the assets in our investment portfolio.
Based on our past performance, we believe our current assets will be sufficient to continue and execute on our business strategy and meet our capital requirements for the next twelve months. Our primary short-term cash needs are Hypertruck ERX product development costs and components purchased to support the stated start of production, as well as operating expenses and production and related costs of Hybrid systems and KARNO development. We plan to stay asset-light and utilize third parties to perform assembly and manufacturing as we scale.
We expect to continue to incur net losses in the short term, as we continue to execute on our strategic initiatives by (i) completing the development and commercialization of the electrified drive systems for Class 8 semi-trucks, (ii) scaling the Company’s operations to meet anticipated demand and (iii) hiring personnel. Further, we plan to develop and commercialize the fuel agnostic Hypertruck KARNO with an anticipated commercial launch a few years after the Hypertruck ERX. However, actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors including, but not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, which were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual Obligations and Capital Resources
We manage our use of cash in the operation of our business to support the execution of our primary strategic goals including the design, development and sale of electrified powertrain systems for long haul Class 8 semi-trucks. We primarily use cash for research and development activities, capital investments and general and administrative costs.
Our cash requirements beyond twelve months include:
Operating and Finance Leases — Refer to Note 11 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information of our obligations underand the administrative services agreementtiming of expected payments.
Warranties — Refer to Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.

Note 15 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information of our obligations. We expect to recognize these costs over a period up to two years from the sale of each Hybrid powertrain system.

Purchase Commitments — Purchase obligations include non-cancelable purchase commitments related to materials purchase agreements and volume commitments which are entered into from time to time. As of December 31, 2022, there were no such non-cancelable purchase commitments.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Investments Held

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in Trust Account

Our portfolio of investments heldaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the Trust AccountUnited States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting period. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for

31

Table of Contents

making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our financial statements (see Note 2 in the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements), we believe that the following accounting policies require a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is comprised solely of sales of Hybrid systems for Class 8 semi-trucks, Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with Hybrid systems and specific other features and services that meet the definition of a performance obligation, including internet connectivity and data processing. We provide installation services for the Hybrid system onto the customers’ vehicle. The Company’s products are marketed and sold to end-user fleet customers in North America. When our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations and where material, the contract transaction price is allocated on a relative standalone selling price basis to each performance obligation.
We recognize revenue on Hybrid system sales and Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with Hybrid systems upon delivery to, and acceptance of the vehicle by, the customer, which is when control transfers. Contracts are reviewed for significant financing components and payments are typically received within 30 days of delivery. The sale of a Hybrid system to an investment inend-use fleet customer consists of a money market fund that comprises only U.S. treasury securitiescompleted modification to the customer vehicle and the installation services involve significant integration of the Hybrid system with the customer’s vehicle. Installation services are not distinct within the context of the contract and together with the sale of the Hybrid system represent a single performance obligation. We do not offer any sales returns. Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as trading securities. Trading securitiesrevenue, and we have elected to recognize the cost for freight and shipping when control has transferred to the customer as a cost of revenue. Our policy is to exclude taxes collected from customers from the transaction price of contracts. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we began taking deposits to secure future Hypertruck ERX production slots.
When a Class 8 semi-truck outfitted with a Hybrid system is resold to a customer, judgment is required to determine if we are presented on the balance sheets at fairprincipal or agent in the arrangement. We consider factors such as, but not limited to, which entity has the primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service, which entity has inventory risk before the specified good or service has been transferred to a customer and which entity has discretion in establishing the price for the specified good or service. We have determined that we are the principal in transactions involving the resale of Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with the Hybrid system. We are in early stages of development, continue to refine our business plans and consider the resale of Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with Hybrid systems to constitute ordinary activities from our ongoing major or central operations.
We have limited sales history of our Hybrid systems and therefore are required to make certain estimates and assumptions with regard to the recognition of revenue including, among other things, the value of any future performance obligations. We expect to refine our sales processes, contracts and services as our business matures. Should our business plans, estimates or assumptions change, a revision to the recognition of revenue may be required including recording receipts from sales of Class 8 semi-trucks as non-operating income in future periods.
Inventories
Inventory is comprised of raw materials, work in process and finished goods. Semi-truck inventory is valued using the specific identification cost method and all other inventory is valued using the moving-average cost method. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We review our inventory to determine whether its carrying value exceeds the net amount realizable we expect to receive upon the ultimate sale of the inventory. This requires us to determine the estimated selling price of inventory less the estimated cost to convert the inventory on-hand into a finished product and other costs, which we determined includes the cost of installation and validation, to align with the transfer of control to customers in our revenue policy. Inventory write-downs are first allocated to all other inventory with any residual allocated to semi-truck inventory.
Once inventory is written-down based on a lower of cost or net realizable value analysis, that amount establishes the new carrying value of inventory if written-down at year end, ofand subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. Interim impairments are reversed and reassessed at each reporting period. Gains
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we changed from a research and lossesdevelopment phase to a production phase for our Hybrid system product. Certain costs incurred for components acquired prior to our determination of reaching a commercial stage were previously expensed as research and development costs, resulting in zero cost basis for those components, which affected the
32

Table of Contents

moving-average price. However, after inventory impairments recognized on December 31, 2021, inventory values and future inventory moving average prices will not be significantly affected by those zero cost items. Our current projected costs of production for inventory items exceeds our sales prices.
Warranties
We provide limited assurance-type warranties under our contracts and do not offer extended warranties. The warranty period typically extends for the lesser of two years or 200,000 miles following transfer of control and solely relates to correction of product defects during the warranty period. We recognize the cost of the warranty upon transfer of control based on estimated and historical claims rates and fulfillment costs, which are variable. Should product failure rates and fulfillment costs differ from these estimates, material revisions to the change inestimated warranty liability would be required. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of revenue.
Acquisitions
To determine whether acquisitions should be accounted for as a business combination or as an asset acquisition, we make certain judgments which include assessing whether the acquired set of activities and assets meet the definition of a business. If the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are required to be recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date with the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of these securitiesthe acquired net assets recorded as goodwill. If the acquired set of activities and assets does not meet the definition of a business, the transaction is includedrecorded as an acquisition of assets and, therefore, any acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) that does not have an alternative future use is charged to expense at the acquisition date, and no goodwill is recorded.
The judgments made in gain on marketable securities (net), dividendsdetermining estimated fair values of assets acquired and interest, heldliabilities assumed in the Trust Account ina business combination or asset acquisition, as well as estimated asset lives, can materially affect our statementconsolidated results of operations. All assets acquired in 2022 were valued using level 3 inputs with property and equipment valued using a cost approach and IPR&D valued using an income approach based on management’s projections. The fair value for trading securities isvalues of assets, including acquired IPR&D, are determined using quoted market prices in active markets.

Class A Common Stock Subjectinformation available near the acquisition date based on estimates and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Significant estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, Possible Redemption

probability of technical success, revenue growth, future revenues and expenses and discount rate.

Share-Based Compensation
We account for share-based payments that involve the Class Aissuance of shares of our common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with FASB ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classifiedemployees and nonemployees and meet the criteria for share-based awards as a liability and measured atshare-based compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value. Shares of conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares of Class A common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. We recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security ataward. The Company has elected to recognize the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreasesadjustment to share-based compensation expense in the carrying valueperiod in which forfeitures occur. We recognize compensation expense for awards with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
If factors change, and we utilize different assumptions including the probability of achieving performance conditions, share-based compensation cost on future award grants may differ significantly from share-based compensation cost recognized on past award grants. Future share-based compensation cost will increase to the extent that we grant additional share-based awards to employees and nonemployees. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate any remaining unearned share-based compensation cost or incur incremental cost. Share-based compensation cost affects our research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. At December 31, 2022, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $229.5 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of $12.5 million that expire in various years starting in 2036. The Company also has R&D credits of $4.1 million that begin to expire in 2037.
Under Section 382 of the Code, substantial changes in our ownership may result in an annual limit on the amount of redeemable sharesnet operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized in the future to offset our taxable income. Generally, this limitation may arise in the event of Class A common stocka cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year period. We have completed such analysis and determined that such ownership changes occurred in 2017 and 2021. This will limit the usage of our 2017 and prior year net operating losses, and will cause $2.0 million of such losses to expire unused, regardless of future taxable income. The ownership changes in 2021 will not limit usage of net operating losses. No other such ownership changes have occurred through December 31, 2022. Due to this, as well as our overall profitability estimate as noted above, we have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.
33

Table of Contents

New and Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are affectedissued by charges against additional paid-in capital. Accordingly,the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by us as of December 31, 2019, 22,366,276 shares of Class A common stock subject to conditional redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidance isspecified effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluatingdate. Unless otherwise discussed, we believe that the impact of this standard on its financial statements and related disclosures.

We do not believe that any other recently issued butstandards that are not yet effective accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, wouldwill not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

position or results of operations under adoption.

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements issued, not yet adopted under Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the 2022 consolidated financial statements for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption and our assessment, to the extent we have made one, of their potential impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to a variety of market and other risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates and inflation, as well as risks to the availability of funding sources, hazard events and specific asset risks.
Interest Rate Risk
We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we didhad a cash balance of $119.5 million, consisting of operating and money market accounts, which are not affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangementsmaterial exposure to interest rate risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents as definedthese are all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.
A hypothetical change in Item 303(a)(4)(ii)prevailing interest rates of Regulation S-K.

55

Contractual Obligations

As of10 basis points would have increased or decreased our unrealized gain or loss on our short-term and long-term investments for the years ended December 31, 2019, we did2022 and 2021 by $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Inflation Risk
We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities. On February 27, 2019, we entered into an administrative services agreement withbelieve that inflation currently has a material effect on our Sponsor, pursuant to which we have agreed to pay our Sponsorbusiness. Inflation may become a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. Upon completion of the initial business combination or our liquidation, the agreement will terminate. On March 29, 2019, our Sponsor assigned all of its rights, interests and obligations under the administrative services agreement to Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.

The underwriters of our Initial Public Offering were entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5%, of which 2.0% (approximately $4.64 million) was paid at the closing of our Initial Public Offering and 3.5% (approximately $8.13 million) was deferred. The deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will become payable to the underwriters upon the consummation of the initial business combination and will be paid from the amounts heldgreater risk in the Trust Account. The underwriters are not entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discountsevent of changes in current economic and commissions.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act are allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoptiongovernmental fiscal policy.

34

Table of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of our CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our Initial Public Offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are a smaller reporting company as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. As a result, pursuant to Item 305(e) of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Contents


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page No.

F-2
F-2

Financial Statements:

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
F-4
F-4
F-5
F-5
F-6
F-6
F-7
F-7
F-8


F-1


ReportTable of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors of

Tortoise Acquisitionand Stockholders

Hyliion Holdings Corp.


Opinion on the Financial Statement

financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tortoise AcquisitionHyliion Holdings Corp. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20192022 and 2018, and2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the yearthree years in the period ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from November 7, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the yearthree years in the period ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from November 7, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018,2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements

We also have been prepared assuming thataudited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company does not complete a business combination by March 4, 2021, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding down and liquidating. The mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt aboutAccounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s ability to continueinternal control over financial reporting as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result fromof December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in the outcome2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of this uncertainty.

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 28, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion

opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Valuation of IPR&D
As described further in Note 3 to the financial statements, in September 2022 the Company acquired certain assets of General Electric Company’s GE Additive business. As a result of the Acquisition, the Company acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) with an estimated fair value of $28.8 million. We identified the valuation of IPR&D as a critical audit matter.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of acquired IPR&D is a critical audit matter are the high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management's significant assumptions used in developing the revenue growth rate and discount rate related to the acquired IPR&D. In addition, there is limited historical information available to evaluate the reasonableness of the revenue growth rate and discount rate.
Our audit procedures related to the valuation of acquired IPR&D included the following:
We tested the operating effectiveness of controls relating to accounting for the transaction, including management's valuation of acquired IPR&D and the development of the revenue growth rate and discount rate.
F-2

Table of Contents

We evaluated the reasonableness of the revenue growth rate by comparing to external market and industry data, as well as to evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.
We utilized an internal valuation specialist to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodology and the reasonableness of the discount rate.
We evaluated the qualifications of the third-party valuation firm engaged by the Company based on their knowledge, skill, and ability.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

GRANT THORNTON LLP


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

New York, New York

March 20, 2020

2020.


Dallas, Texas
February 28, 2023
F-3

Table of ContentsTORTOISE ACQUISITION

HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
Assets:      
Current assets:      
Cash $916,226  $—   
Prepaid expenses  178,402   —   
Total current assets  1,094,628   —   
Investments held in Trust Account  236,054,346   —   
Deferred offering costs associated with initial public offering  —     400,143 
Total assets $237,148,974  $400,143 
         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $8,097  $10,804 
Accrued expenses  —     303,500 
Note payable to Sponsor  —     61,430 
Accrued franchise tax  200,000   —   
Total current liabilities  208,097   375,734 
Deferred legal fees associated with initial public offering  150,000   —   
Deferred underwriting commissions associated with initial public offering  8,128,108   —   
Total liabilities  8,486,205   375,734 
         
Commitments        
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 22,366,276 and -0- shares subject to possible redemption at $10.00 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively  223,662,761   —   
         
Stockholders’ Equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018  —     —   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 934,641 and -0- shares issued and outstanding (excluding 22,366,276 and -0- shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively  93   —   
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,825,230 and 6,468,750 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively  583   647(1)(2)
Additional paid-in capital  2,675,535   24,353 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  2,323,797   (591)
Total stockholders’ equity  5,000,008   24,409 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $237,148,974  $400,143 

(1) Share

(Dollar amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock in February 2019 (see Note 4).

(2) This number includes up to 843,750 shares of Class B common stock that were subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters.  On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by the Company.

thousands, except share data)

December 31,
20222021
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents$119,468 $258,445 
Accounts receivable, net1,136 70 
Inventory74 114 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets9,795 9,068 
Short-term investments193,740 118,787 
Total current assets324,213 386,484 
Property and equipment, net5,606 2,235 
Operating lease right-of-use assets6,470 7,734 
Intangible assets, net200 235 
Other assets1,686 1,535 
Long-term investments108,568 180,217 
Total assets$446,743 $578,440 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable$2,800 $7,455 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities347 21 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities11,535 7,759 
Total current liabilities14,682 15,235 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion6,972 8,623 
Other liabilities1,515 667 
Total liabilities23,169 24,525 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 179,826,309 and 173,468,979 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively18 17 
Additional paid-in capital397,810 374,795 
Retained earnings25,746 179,103 
Total stockholders’ equity423,574 553,915 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$446,743 $578,440 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

F-4


Table of ContentsTORTOISE ACQUISITION

HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  For the Year Ended
December 31,
2019
  For the period from
November 7,
2018
(inception) through
December 31,
2018
 
       
General and administrative expenses $464,782  $591 
Administrative expenses - related party  100,000   —   
Franchise tax expense  200,000   —   
Loss from operations  (764,782)  (591)
Investment income from investments held in Trust Account  3,857,176   —   
Income before income tax expense  3,092,394   (591)
Income tax expense  768,006   —   
Net income $2,324,388  $(591)
         
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A common stock  23,300,917   —   
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A $0.12  $—   
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B common stock  5,825,230   5,625,000(1)(2)
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class B $(0.10) $(0.00)

(1) Share

(Dollar amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock in February 2019 (see Note 4).

(2) This number excludes up to 843,750 shares of Class B common stock that were subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters. On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment optionthousands, except share and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by the Company.

per share data)

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Revenues
Product sales and other$2,106 $200 $— 
Total revenues2,106 200 — 
Cost of revenues
Product sales and other8,778 2,737 — 
Total cost of revenues8,778 2,737 — 
Gross loss(6,672)(2,537)— 
Operating expenses
Research and development110,370 58,261 12,598 
Selling, general and administrative expenses41,988 35,299 9,585 
Total operating expenses152,358 93,560 22,183 
Loss from operations(159,030)(96,097)(22,183)
Interest expense— — (5,465)
Interest income5,724 779 
Loss on impairment and disposal of assets(19)(730)— 
Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities— — (1,358)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities— — 363,299 
Other expense, net(32)— (12)
Loss on extinguishment of debt— — (10,170)
Net (loss) income$(153,357)$(96,048)$324,117 
Net (loss) income per share, basic$(0.87)$(0.56)$3.11 
Net loss per share, diluted$(0.87)$(0.56)$(0.35)
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic175,400,486 172,216,477 104,324,059 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted175,400,486 172,216,477 112,570,960 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

F-5


Table of ContentsTORTOISE ACQUISITION

HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  Common Stock  Additional  Retained earnings  Total 
  Class A  Class B(1)(2)        Paid-In  (Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit)  Equity 
Balances - November 7, 2018 (date of inception)  -  $-   -  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor  -   -   6,468,750   647   24,353   -   25,000 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (591)  (591)
Balances - December 31, 2018  -  $-   6,468,750  $647  $24,353  $(591) $24,409 
Sale of units in initial public offering, gross  23,300,917   2,330   -   -   233,006,840   -   233,009,170 
Offering costs  -   -   -   -   (13,355,381)  -   (13,355,381)
Sale of private placement warrants to Sponsor in private placement  -   -   -   -   6,660,183   -   6,660,183 
Forfeiture of Class B common stock  -   -   (643,520)  (64)  64   -   - 
Common stock subject to possible redemption  (22,366,276)  (2,237)  -   -   (223,660,524)  -   (223,662,761)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   2,324,388   2,324,388 
Balances - December 31, 2019  934,641  $93   5,825,230  $583  $2,675,535  $2,323,797  $5,000,008 

(1) Share

(Dollar amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock in February 2019 (see Note 4).

(2) This number excludes up to 843,750 shares of Class B common stock that were subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters. On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by the Company.

thousands, except share data)

Common StockAdditional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained Earnings (Deficit)Total Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
SharesPar Value
Balance at December 31, 201986,762,463 $$30,888 $(48,966)$(18,069)
Exercise of common stock options1,112,160 — 121 — 121 
Conversion of convertible notes payable to common stock4,404,367 — 44,039 — 44,039 
Business Combination and PIPE financing61,622,839 153,147 — 153,153 
Common stock issued for warrants exercised, net of issuance cost15,414,592 136,512 — 136,516 
Redemption of unexercised warrants— — (3)— (3)
Share-based compensation— — 294 — 294 
Net income— — — 324,117 324,117 
Balance at December 31, 2020169,316,421 19 364,998 275,151 640,168 
Exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock units, net3,781,023 (2)593 — 591 
Common stock issued for warrants exercised, net of issuance costs371,535 — 4,282 — 4,282 
Share-based compensation— — 4,922 — 4,922 
Net loss— — — (96,048)(96,048)
Balance at December 31, 2021173,468,979 17 374,795 179,103 553,915 
Issuance of common stock for acquisition5,500,000 16,114 — 16,115 
Exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock units, net857,330 — (78)— (78)
Share-based compensation— — 6,979 — 6,979 
Net loss— — — (153,357)(153,357)
Balance at December 31, 2022179,826,309 $18 $397,810 $25,746 $423,574 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

F-6


Table of ContentsTORTOISE ACQUISITION

HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  For the Year Ended
December 31,
2019
  For the period from
November 7,
2018
(inception) through
December 31,
2018
 
       
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:      
Net income (loss) $2,324,388  $(591)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:        
General and administrative expenses paid by Sponsor  4,218   - 
Investment income from investments held in Trust Account  (3,857,176)  - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Prepaid expenses  74,398   - 
Accounts payable  7,506   591 
Accrued expenses  -   - 
Accrued franchise tax  200,000   - 
Net cash used in operating activities  (1,246,666)  - 
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities        
Cash deposited in Trust Account  (233,009,170)  - 
Interest released from Trust Account  812,000   - 
Net cash used in investing activities  (232,197,170)  - 
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Gross proceeds received from initial public offering  233,009,170   - 
Proceeds received from sale of private placement warrants  6,660,183   - 
Repayment of note payable to Sponsor  (579,658)  - 
Offering costs paid  (4,729,633)  - 
Net cash provided by financing activities  234,360,062   - 
         
Net increase in cash  916,226   - 
Cash - beginning of the period  -   - 
Cash - end of the period $916,226  $- 
         
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:        
Reduction of accounts payable paid by Sponsor included in note payable $10,213  $- 
Offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B common stock $-  $25,000 
Offering costs included in accrued expenses $-  $303,500 
Offering costs included in accounts payable $-  $10,213 
Offering costs included in note payable $250,997  $61,430 
Deferred underwriting commissions associated with the initial public offering $8,128,108  $- 
Deferred legal fees associated with the initial public offering $150,000  $- 
Prepaid expenses included in note payable $252,800  $- 
Value of common stock subject to possible redemption $223,662,761  $- 
         
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:        
Cash paid for income taxes $812,000  $- 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net (loss) income$(153,357)$(96,048)$324,117 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization1,227 884 850 
Amortization of investment premiums and discounts1,250 1,816 — 
Loss on extinguishment of debt— — 10,170 
Noncash lease expense1,244 731 928 
Inventory write-down5,641 2,298 — 
Loss on impairment and disposal of assets19 730 — 
Paid-in-kind interest on convertible notes payable— — 1,085 
Amortization of debt discount— — 4,237 
Share-based compensation6,979 4,922 294 
Provision for doubtful accounts114 — — 
Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities— — 1,358 
Change in fair value of warrant liability— — (363,299)
Acquired in-process research and development (Note 3)28,752 — — 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisition:
Accounts receivable(1,180)22 53 
Inventory(5,601)(2,280)(132)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(571)(475)(8,150)
Accounts payable(4,660)5,319 734 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities4,571 2,155 5,764 
Operating lease liabilities(1,305)(576)(953)
Net cash used in operating activities(116,877)(80,502)(22,944)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Purchase of property and equipment and other(2,885)(2,380)(311)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment152 45 22 
Purchase of in-process research and development(14,428)— — 
Payments for security deposit, net— (29)— 
Purchase of investments(268,584)(317,807)(237,851)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of investments263,723 254,180 — 
Net cash used in investing activities(22,022)(65,991)(238,140)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Business Combination and PIPE financing, net of issuance costs paid— — 516,454 
Proceeds from exercise of stock warrants, net of issuance costs— 16,257 124,536 
Proceeds from convertible notes payable issuance and derivative liabilities— — 3,200 
(Payments for)/proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program loan— (908)908 
Payments for deferred financing costs— — (468)
Repayments on finance lease obligations— (42)(247)
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options79 591 121 
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards(157)— — 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(78)15,898 644,504 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash(138,977)(130,595)383,420 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period259,110 389,705 6,285 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$120,133 $259,110 $389,705 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

F-7


HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except as separately indicated)
Note 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Description of Organization and General

Tortoise AcquisitionBusiness Operations and Basis of Presentation

Overview
Hyliion Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporatedis a Delaware corporation headquartered in Delaware on November 7, 2018. Cedar Park, Texas. References to the “Company,” “Hyliion,” “we,” or “us” in this report refer to Hyliion Holdings Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, unless expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires.
The Company was formeddesigns and develops hybrid and fully electric powertrain systems for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization Class 8 semi-trucks, which modify semi-tractors into hybrid and range-extending electric vehicles, respectively. The Company’s hybrid system utilizes intelligent electric drive axles with advanced algorithms and battery technology to optimize vehicle performance, enabling fleets to access an easy, efficient way to decrease fuel expenses, lower emissions and/or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”improve vehicle performance (“Hybrid”). The Hypertruck ERXTM system utilizes an intelligent electric powertrain with advanced algorithms to optimize emissions performance and efficiency with no new infrastructure required. The Hypertruck ERX system enables fleets to reduce the cost of ownership while providing the ability to deliver net-negative carbon emissions when fueled by renewable natural gas, and operate fully electric when needed. The Company recently launched its commercial Hybrid system, and the Hypertruck ERX system is an “emerging growth company,”in the design verification phase. The Company recently acquired new fuel agnostic capable generator technology with which it plans to develop and commercialize as defined in Section 2(a)the Hypertruck KARNO.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
On October 1, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), Tortoise Acquisition Corp (“TortoiseCorp”) entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination”) with each of the Securities Actshareholders of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”Hyliion Inc. (“Legacy Hyliion”).

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from November 7, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2019 relates Pursuant to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) described below, and since the closingBusiness Combination, TortoiseCorp acquired all of the Initial Public Offering, the identificationissued and evaluationoutstanding shares of prospective acquisition targets for an Initial Business Combination and ongoing administrative and compliance matters. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income earned on investmentscommon stock from the net proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

Sponsor and Initial Public Offering

The Company’s sponsor is Tortoise Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). As described in Note 3, on March 4, 2019, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 23,300,917 of its units (the “Units”), including 800,917 Units that were issued pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of approximately $233.0 million. As described in Note 4, on March 4, 2019, simultaneouslyLegacy Hyliion shareholders. In connection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering,transaction, Tortoise Borrower LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tortoise Borrower”)Corp. changed its name to Hyliion Holdings Corp. For more information on this transaction see Note 4.

On the Closing Date, and an affiliate of the Sponsor, purchased an aggregate of 6,660,183 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $6.66 million (the “Private Placement”).

The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combinationin connection with proceeds from the Initial Public Offering, the Private Placement, the private placement of Forward Purchase Securities (described in Note 5), and from additional issuances, if any, of the Company’s capital stock, debt or a combination of the foregoing.

Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Initial Public OfferingBusiness Combination, TortoiseCorp changed its name to Hyliion Holdings Corp. (the “Company” or “Hyliion”) and the Private Placement, approximately $233.0 million was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except for the withdrawal of interest to pay franchise and income taxes, none of the funds held in the Trust Account (including the interest earnedcommon stock began trading on the funds in the Trust Account) will be released from the Trust Account until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “Public Shares”) that have been properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote seeking to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to affect the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares if it has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “Combination Period”); and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public stockholders.

F-7

Initial Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) rules require thatunder the Initialticker symbol HYLN. Legacy Hyliion was deemed the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination occur with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80%based on an analysis of the assets heldcriteria outlined in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their Public Shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income taxes, or (ii) provide stockholders the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income taxes. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or allow stockholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NYSE rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead would search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a stockholder will have the right to redeem such holder’s Public Shares for an amount in cash equal to such holder’s pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income taxes. As a result, such Public Shares are recorded as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

Notwithstanding805. The determination was primarily based on Legacy Hyliion’s shareholders prior to the foregoing, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides thatBusiness Combination having a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13majority of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming their shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the shares of Class A common stock soldvoting interests in the Initial Public Offering, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor, Tortoise Borrower, the Company’s officers and directors and Atlas Point Energy Infrastructure Fund, LLC (“Atlas Point Fund”) (collectively, the “Initial Stockholders”) agreed not to propose an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public stockholders the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock in conjunction with any such amendment.


Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than 10 business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’scombined company, Legacy Hyliion’s board of directors dissolvecomprising a majority of the board of directors of the combined company, Legacy Hyliion’s existing shareholders’ control over decisions regarding the election and liquidate, subject in each case toremoval of directors and officers of the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to providecombined company’s board of directors, and Legacy Hyliion’s senior management comprising the senior management of the combined company. Accordingly, for claims of creditors andaccounting purposes, the requirements of other applicable law. The Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination withinwas treated as the equivalent of Legacy Hyliion issuing stock for the net assets of TortoiseCorp, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of TortoiseCorp are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

While TortoiseCorp was the legal acquirer in the Business Combination, Period. However, if anybecause Legacy Hyliion was deemed the accounting acquirer, the historical financial statements of Legacy Hyliion became the historical financial statements of the Initial Stockholders acquire shares of Class A common stock in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. The Company’s stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that the Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes,combined company, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Commencing April 22, 2019, holders of the Units were permitted to elect to separately trade the shares of Class A common stock and Warrants (as defined below) included in the Units. No fractional shares will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $916,000 of cash in its operating account and approximately $3.0 million of investment income in the Trust Account available to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses).

Through December 31, 2019, the Company’s liquidity needs have been satisfied through a $25,000 capital contribution from the Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares (as defined below and described in Note 4) to the Sponsor, an approximately $580,000 loan from the Sponsor pursuant to an unsecured promissory note (the “Note”), the net proceeds from the consummation of the Private Placement not heldBusiness Combination. As a result, the financial statements included in this report reflect (i) the Trust Account and an aggregatehistorical operating results of $812,000 of interest income released from the Trust Account since inception to fund tax obligations. The Company repaid the NoteLegacy Hyliion prior to the SponsorBusiness Combination; (ii) the combined results of TortoiseCorp and Legacy Hyliion following the closing of the Business Combination; (iii) the assets and liabilities of Legacy Hyliion at their historical cost; and (iv) the Company’s equity structure for all periods presented.

In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the equity structure has been restated in full on March 29, 2019.

Inall comparative periods up to the Closing Date, to reflect the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, issued to Legacy Hyliion shareholders and Legacy Hyliion convertible noteholders in connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Abilityrecapitalization transaction. As such, the shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share related to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined thatLegacy Hyliion redeemable convertible preferred stock and Legacy Hyliion common stock prior to the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustmentsBusiness Combination have been made toretroactively restated as shares reflecting the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities shouldexchange ratio established in the Company be required to liquidate after March 4, 2021.

NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

Business Combination.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presentedinclude the accounts of Hyliion Holdings Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in U.S. dollars in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant toin accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

F-9

Unites States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Any reference in these footnotes to the applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the

F-8


Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.
Liquidity
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company is an early-stage growth company and has generated negative cash flows from operating activities since inception.
On October 1, 2020, the Company consummated the Business Combination and raised net proceeds of $516.5 million net of transaction costs and expenses. At December 31, 2020, all outstanding warrants were either exercised or redeemed, with gross proceeds of $140.8 million raised, of which $16.3 million was collected during the first quarter of 2021 (see Note 9). At December 31, 2022, the Company had total equity of $423.6 million, inclusive of cash and cash equivalents of $119.5 million and total investments of $302.3 million. Based on this, the Company has sufficient funds to continue to execute its business strategy for the next twelve months from the issuance date of the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates

and Uncertainty of the Coronavirus Pandemic

The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dateas of the balance sheet and thedate, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. It is at least reasonably possible thatThe Company’s most significant estimates and judgments involve revenue recognition, inventory, warranties, acquisitions, income taxes and valuation of share-based compensation, including the estimatefair value of common stock prior to the effectBusiness Combination. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of a condition, situation or setwhich form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of circumstances that existed at the date of the balance sheet, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change due to one or more future confirming events.assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1)those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 11, 2020, declared the coronavirus outbreak a pandemic. In mid-March 2020, United States (“U.S.”) State Governors, local officials and leaders outside of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companiesU.S. began ordering various “shelter-in-place” orders, which have had various impacts on the U.S. and global economies. The lingering impacts of the coronavirus pandemic primarily include ongoing shortages in the transportation industry supply chain.
Segment Information
ASC 280, Segment Reporting, defines operating segments as components of an enterprise where discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company operates as a single operating segment. The Company’s CODM is the chief executive officer, who has ultimate responsibility for the operating performance of the Company and the allocation of resources. The CODM uses cash flows as the primary measure to manage the business and does not segment the business for internal reporting or decision making.
Concentration of Supplier Risk
The Company is dependent on certain suppliers, the majority of which are single source suppliers, and the inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of the Company’s products in a timely manner at prices, quality levels and volumes that are acceptable, or the Company’s inability to efficiently manage these components from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do notthese suppliers, could have a classmaterial adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of securities registered under90 days or less at the Exchange Act)time of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents only if in checking, savings or money market accounts. Cash and cash equivalents include cash held in banks and money market accounts and are requiredcarried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company maintains cash in excess of federally insured limits at financial institutions, which it believes are of high credit quality and has not incurred any losses related to complythese balances to date. The Company believes its credit risk, with the new or revisedrespect to these financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can electinstitutions to opt outbe minimal.
F-9

Restricted Cash
The Company has elected notprovided its corporate headquarters lessor with a letter of credit for $0.7 million to opt outsecure the performance of such extended transition period,the Company's lease obligations, backed by a restricted cash deposit to pay any draws on the letter of credit by the lessor. Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows is summarized as follows:
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash and cash equivalents$119,468 $258,445 $389,705 $6,285 
Restricted cash included in other assets665 665 — — 
$120,133 $259,110 $389,705 $6,285 
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are stated at a gross invoice amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for potential account losses on the balance based on the Company’s evaluation of the anticipated impact of current economic conditions, changes in the character and size of the balance, past and expected future loss experience and other pertinent factors. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, accounts receivable included amounts receivable from customers of $1.1 million and $45.0 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, allowance for doubtful accounts on customer receivables were $0.1 million and nil, respectively.
The portion of our net accounts receivable from significant customers is summarized as follows:
December 31,
202220212020
Customer A82 %100 %— %
Customer B— — — 
Customer C12 — — 
94 %100 %— %
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses of Financial Instruments, which, means that whentogether with subsequent amendments, amends the requirement on the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held to replace the incurred loss model for financial assets measured at amortized cost and require entities to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. We adopted ASU 2016-13 during the year ended December 31, 2021 and there was no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Investments
The Company’s investments consist of corporate bonds, U.S. treasury and agency securities, state and local municipal bonds and commercial paper, all of which are classified as held-to-maturity, with a standard is issuedmaturity date of 36-months or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standardless at the time private companies adoptof purchase. The Company determines the new or revised standard. This may make comparisonappropriate classification of investments at the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted outtime of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible becausepurchase and re-evaluates such designation as of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subjecteach balance sheet date. Investments are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to credit risk consist principallyhold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of cashpremiums and investments heldaccretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization, along with interest, is included in the Trust Account. Cash is maintained in accounts with financial institutions, which, at times may exceed the federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000.interest income. The Company has not experienced losses on its cash accounts and management believes, based uponuses the qualityspecific identification method to determine the cost basis of the financial institutions, that the credit risk with regard to these deposits is not significant. The Company’s investments held in the Trust Account consist entirely of an investment insecurities sold.

Investments are impaired when a money market fund that comprises only U.S. treasury securities.

Investments Held in Trust Account

The Company’s portfolio of investments held in the Trust Account are comprised solely of an investment in a money market fund that comprises only U.S. treasury securities classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheets at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the changedecline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Company evaluates investments for impairment by considering the length of these securitiestime and extent to which market value has been less than cost or amortized cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer as well as specific events or circumstances that may influence the operations of the issuer and the Company’s intent to sell the security or the likelihood that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the entire amortized cost. Once a decline in fair value is included in gain on marketable securities (net), dividendsdetermined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded to other income (expense) and interest, helda new cost basis in the Trust Account in the accompanying statementinvestment is established.

F-10

Fair Value Measurements
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, clarifies that fair value for trading securities is determined using quoted market prices in active markets.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined asan exit price, representing the priceamount that would be received for sale ofto sell an asset or paid forto transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based upon assumptions that market participants at the measurement date. GAAPwould use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quotedvalue as follows:

Level I: Quoted prices in active markets(unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities (Levelin active markets that the Company can access at the measurement date;
Level II: Significant other observable inputs other than level 1 measurements)prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and the lowest priority to
Level III: Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.


In some circumstances,that reflect the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels ofCompany’s own assumptions about the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, theassumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

An asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety inlevel within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

As Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of December 31, 2019observable inputs and 2018,minimize the recorded valuesuse of unobservable inputs.

The Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, however the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and accrued expenses. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and notes payable to Sponsor approximate theirapproximates fair values due tovalue because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of investments are based on quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active. As a result, investments are classified within Level II of the instruments.

Deferred Offering Costs

Offeringfair value hierarchy.

Inventories
Inventory is comprised of raw materials, work in process and finished goods and includes the cost of raw materials, freight, direct and indirect labor and allocations of other conversion costs and overhead. Semi-truck inventory is valued using the specific identification cost method and all other inventory is valued using the moving-average cost method. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We review our inventory to determine whether its carrying value exceeds the net amount realizable we expect to receive upon the ultimate sale of the inventory. This requires us to determine the estimated selling price of inventory less the estimated cost to convert the inventory on-hand into a finished product and other costs, which we determined includes the cost of installation and validation, to align with the transfer of control to customers in our revenue policy. Inventory write-downs are first allocated to all other inventory with any residual allocated to semi-truck inventory.
Once inventory is written-down based on a lower of cost or net realizable value analysis, that amount establishes the new carrying value of inventory if written-down at year end, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. Interim impairments are reversed and reassessed at each reporting period.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we changed from a research and development phase to a production phase for our Hybrid system product. Certain costs incurred for components acquired prior to our determination of reaching a commercial stage were previously expensed as research and development costs, resulting in zero cost basis for those components, which affected the moving-average price. However, after inventory impairments recognized on December 31, 2021, inventory values and future inventory moving average prices will not be significantly affected by those zero cost items. Our current projected costs of production for inventory items exceeds our sales prices, and as a result of impairments, costs recognized on sales in subsequent periods will be lower until the impaired inventory has been sold or otherwise disposed.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid insurance, rent and supplies, which are expected to be recognized, received or realized within the next 12 months.
F-11

Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, or if acquired in a business combination, at allocated fair value at the date of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, based upon the following estimated useful lives:
Production machinery and equipment2 to 7 years
Vehicles3 to 7 years
Leasehold improvementsshorter of lease term or 7 years
Demo fleet systems2 to 3 years
Furniture and fixtures3 years
Computers and related equipment3 to 7 years
Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss on the disposition is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of other income (expense). All long-lived assets are located in the United States.
Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets consist of expenses incurreddeveloped technology and a non-compete agreement and are amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from three to six years.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with definite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in connectioncircumstances indicate that an asset group’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company conducts its long-lived asset impairment analysis in accordance with preparationASC 360-10, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the Initial Public Offering,cash flows of approximately $13.36 million consisted principallyother assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the sum of underwriter discountsthe undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the carrying amount of $12.77 million (including $8.13 millionthe asset group is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.
Revenue
The Company follows five steps to recognize revenue from contracts with customers under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which paymentare:
Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer;
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
Step 3: Determine the transaction price;
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is deferred)satisfied.
Revenue is comprised of sales of Hybrid systems for Class 8 semi-trucks, Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with Hybrid systems and approximately $583,000specific other features and services that meet the definition of professional, printing, filing, regulatorya performance obligation, including internet connectivity and other costs. These expenses,data processing. We provide installation services for the Hybrid system onto the customers’ vehicle. The Company’s products are marketed and sold to end-user fleet customers in North America. When our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations and where material, the contract transaction price is allocated on a relative standalone selling price basis to each performance obligation.
We recognize revenue on Hybrid system sales and Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with Hybrid systems upon delivery to, and acceptance of the vehicle by, the customer, which is when control transfers. Contracts are reviewed for significant financing components and payments are typically received within 30 days of delivery. The sale of a Hybrid system to an end-use fleet customer consists of a completed modification to the customer vehicle and the installation services involve significant integration of the Hybrid system with the customer’s vehicle. Installation services are not distinct within the context of the contract and together with the underwriting discounts and commissions, were charged to equity upon completionsale of the Initial Public Offering.

Hybrid system represent a single performance obligation. We do not offer any sales returns. Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as revenue, and we have elected to recognize the cost for freight and shipping when control has transferred to the customer as a cost of revenue. Our policy is to

F-12

exclude taxes collected from customers from the transaction price of contracts. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we began taking deposits to secure future Hypertruck ERX production slots. Such deposits were immaterial at December 31, 2022 and 2021.
When a Class A Common Stock Subject8 semi-truck outfitted with a Hybrid system is resold to Possible Redemption

a customer, judgment is required to determine if we are the principal or agent in the arrangement. We consider factors such as, but not limited to, which entity has the primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service, which entity has inventory risk before the specified good or service has been transferred to a customer and which entity has discretion in establishing the price for the specified good or service. We have determined that we are the principal in transactions involving the resale of Class 8 semi-trucks outfitted with the Hybrid system.

The disaggregation of our revenue sources is summarized as follows and is attributable to the U.S.:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Hybrid systems and other$1,082 $60 $— 
Class 8 semi-truck prepared for Hybrid system upfit1,024 140 — 
Total product sales and other$2,106 $200 $— 
The portion of our revenues from significant customers is summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Customer A60 %100 %— %
Customer B10 — — 
70 %100 %— %
Leases
Lessee: We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities, and operating lease liabilities, net of current portion in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, and have elected to utilize the practical expedient to account for lease and non-lease components together as a single combined lease component.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use underlying assets for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the leases. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The discount rate used to calculate the present value for lease payments is the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, which is determined based on information available at lease commencement and is equal to the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term in an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. The Company uses the implicit rate when readily determinable.
The Company’s real estate leases may include one or more options to renew, with the renewal extending the lease term for an additional one to five years. The exercise of lease renewal option is at the Company’s sole discretion. In general, the Company does not consider renewal options to be reasonably likely to be exercised, therefore renewal options are generally not recognized as part of the ROU assets and lease liabilities. Lease costs for lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company does not record operating leases with an initial term of twelve months or less (“short-term leases”) in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company’s vehicle and equipment leases may include transfer rights or options to purchase at the end of the lease that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. Interest expense is recognized using the effective interest rate method, and the ROU asset is amortized over the useful life of the underlying asset.
Lessor: The Company also enters into arrangements whereby space within the real estate is subleased. At the lease commencement date these subleases are recognized as operating leases. Operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company has entered into various trial and evaluation agreements that contain an operating lease component that is within the scope of ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). These agreements also contain non-lease components related to certain stand-ready services where control transfers over time over the same period and based on the same pattern as the lease component. Because the Company has determined the lease component is the most predominant component of the arrangement and the timing and
F-13

pattern of transfer for the lease and non-lease components associated with the lease component are the same, the Company has decided to elect the practical expedient not to separate the lease and non-lease component and accounts for the entire arrangement under ASC 842.
The trial and evaluation agreements contain only variable payments not based on an index or rate as a result of refund provisions within those contracts. The Company records accounts receivable when the Company meets the criteria within the trial and evaluation agreements to invoice the lessee. In accordance with ASC 842, the Company recognizes variable lease payments as profit or loss in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur, which will generally be the end of the trial period when the customer refund rights lapse. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not recognize any lease income related to these trial and evaluation agreements either because the Company has not received any consideration from the lease contracts, or the uncertainty related to the consideration received has not been resolved.
Warranties
We provide limited assurance-type warranties under our contracts and do not offer extended warranties or maintenance contracts. The warranty period typically extends for the lesser of two years or 200,000 miles following transfer of control and solely relates to correction of product defects during the warranty period. We recognize the cost of the warranty upon transfer of control based on estimated and historical claims rates and fulfillment costs, which are variable. Should product failure rates and fulfillment costs differ from these estimates, material revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of revenue.
Marketing, Promotional and Advertising Costs
Marketing, promotional and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Marketing, promotional and advertising costs were $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Research and Development Expense
Research and development costs did not meet the requirements to be recognized as an asset as the associated future benefits were at best uncertain and there was no alternative future use at the time the costs were incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, outsourced engineering services, allocated facilities costs, depreciation on equipment utilized in research and development activities, internal engineering and development expenses, materials, internally-developed software and employee related expenses (including salaries, benefits, travel, and share-based compensation) related to development of the Company’s products and services.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemptionshare-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, under which shared based payments that involve the issuance of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any)employees and nonemployees and meet the criteria for equity-classified awards are classifiedrecognized in the financial statements as share-based compensation expense based on the fair value on the date of grant. The Company issues stock option awards and restricted stock awards to employees and nonemployees, utilizing new shares. The Company has elected to recognize the adjustment to share-based compensation expense in the period in which forfeitures occur. We recognize compensation expense for awards with only service conditions on a liabilitystraight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
If factors change, and measured at fair value. Shareswe utilize different assumptions including the probability of conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stockachieving performance conditions, share-based compensation cost on future award grants may differ significantly from share-based compensation cost recognized on past award grants. Future share-based compensation cost will increase to the extent that feature redemption rights thatwe grant additional share-based awards to employees and nonemployees. If there are either within the controlany modifications or cancellations of the holderunderlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate any remaining unearned share-based compensation cost or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares of Class A common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s controlincur incremental cost. Share-based compensation cost affects our research and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. development and selling, general and administrative expenses.
The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjustutilized the carryingBlack-Scholes model to determine the fair value of the security at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying value amount of redeemable shares of Class A common stock are affected by charges against additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2019, 22,366,276 shares of Class A common stock subjectoption awards issued prior to conditional redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income per share for common stock subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Basic and diluted net income per share of Class A common stock for the year ended December 31, 2019 is calculated by dividing2021, which required the investment income earned oninput of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating (a) the investments held inlength of time grantees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them for employees and the Trust Account (approximately $3.9 million, netcontractual term of funds available to be withdrawn from the Trust Accountoption for paymentnonemployees (“expected term”), (b) the volatility of taxes, resulting in a total of approximately $2.9 million), by the weighted average number of approximately 23.3 million shares of Class ACompany’s common stock outstanding forprice over the periods. Basicexpected term, (c) expected dividends, and diluted net loss per share(d) the fair value of Class B common stock for the year ended December 31, 2019 is calculated by dividing the net income (approximately $2.3 million, less income attributable to Class A common stock in the amount of approximately $2.9 million, resulting in a net loss of approximately $565,000), by the weighted average number of 5.8 million shares of Class B common stock outstanding for the period.

Net income (loss) per share of common stock is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicableprior to common stockholders by the weighted average numberBusiness Combination. After the closing of sharesthe Business Combination, the Company’s board of directors determined the fair value of each share of common stock outstanding forunderlying stock-based awards based on the period. closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported by the NYSE on the date of grant.

F-14

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are management’s best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment (see Note 10). As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the recorded share-based compensation expense could have been materially different from that depicted in the financial statements.
Income Taxes
The Company has not considered the effect of the Warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants to purchase an aggregate 18,310,641 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method as of December 31, 2019.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accountingaccounts for income taxes under FASBin accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). DeferredIncome Taxes, under which deferred tax assetsliabilities and liabilitiesassets are recognized for the estimatedexpected future tax consequences attributable toof temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities and their respectivenet operating loss and tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income during the period that included the enactment date.credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.


ASC 740 prescribesDue to the Company’s history of losses since inception, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a recognition thresholdvaluation allowance at December 31, 2022 and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of2021. Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must bereturn are accounted for using the more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognizedtaken in the Company’s tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had gross deferred tax assets related to federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $119,000 and $120, respectively. The Company has not performed a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code has occurred. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards attributable to periods before the change.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the period in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and taxing strategies in making this assessment. In case the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, the Company has provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

returns.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “IncomeIncome Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”)Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidanceThe pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted.2020. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021 and there was no impact to the Company as a result of the adoption.
Net (Loss) Income Per Share
Basic (loss) income per share (“EPS”) is currently evaluatingcomputed by dividing net loss (the numerator) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period (the denominator). Diluted EPS attributable to common shareholders is computed by adjusting net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding (if dilutive) during each period. Potential common shares include shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards (see Note 10). The number of potential common shares outstanding are calculated using the treasury stock or if-converted method.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Issued
In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance, to increase transparency of government assistance which requires annual disclosures about transactions with a government entity that are accounted for by applying a grant or contribution accounting model by analogy. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company adopted ASU 2021-10 for the year ended December 31, 2022 with no material impact of this standard onand updated its financial statements and related disclosures.

Management does

Note 3. Acquisition
In September 2022, we acquired certain assets (the “Acquired Asset”) of General Electric Company's GE Additive business (the “Acquisition”). The Acquired Assets include new hydrogen and fuel agnostic capable generator technology (“KARNO”). The Acquisition did not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would havemeet the definition of a material impactbusiness combination and was accounted for as an asset acquisition. No goodwill was recognized and payments allocated to in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) were recorded in research and development expense as there was no alternative future use. Total consideration for the Acquisition was $32.3 million comprised of $15.0 million in cash, 5,500,000 shares of common stock valued at $16.1 million on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

closing date and $1.2 million in direct transaction costs. $3.6 million was recorded as property and equipment with expected useful lives of primarily five years and $28.8 million was recorded as research and development expense. All assets were valued using level 3 inputs, with property and equipment valued using a market approach and IPR&D valued using an income approach based on Company management’s projections. The Company sold 23,300,917 Unitscash component of the consideration was recorded in the Initial Public Offering, including 800,917 Unitsstatement of cash flows and allocated between purchase of property and equipment and purchase of IPR&D under investing activities.

Note 4. Reverse Recapitalization
On October 1, 2020, Legacy Hyliion and TortoiseCorp consummated the merger contemplated by the Business Combination, with Legacy Hyliion surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of TortoiseCorp.
Upon the closing of the Business Combination, TortoiseCorp’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated to, among other things, increase the total number of authorized shares of capital stock to 260,000,000 shares, of which 250,000,000 shares were designated common stock, $.0001 par value per share, and of which 10,000,000 shares were designated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.
Immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, each
issued and outstanding share of Legacy Hyliion’s redeemable, convertible preferred stock, was converted into shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock based on a one-to-one ratio (see Note 9). The Business Combination was accounted
F-15

for with a retrospective application of the Business Combination that results in 34,799,813 shares of redeemable, convertible preferred stock converting into the same number of shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock.
convertible note payable, plus accrued paid-in-kind interest, was converted into an aggregate 2,336,235 shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock at the predetermined discount (see Note 5).
Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each share of Legacy Hyliion common stock issued and outstanding was cancelled and converted into the right to receive 1.45720232 shares (the “Exchange Ratio”) of the Company’s common stock (the “Per Share Merger Consideration”).
Additionally, Legacy Hyliion issued 1,000,000 shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock with an estimated grant date fair value of $10.00 per share to one of the convertible noteholders in connection with the commercial matters agreement (“Commercial Matters Agreement”) that was entered into in June 2020, that was not subject to the Exchange Ratio (see Note 5).
Outstanding stock options, whether vested or unvested, to purchase shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock granted under the 2016 Plan (“Legacy Options”) (see Note 10) converted into stock options for shares of the Company’s common stock upon the same terms and conditions that were issued pursuantin effect with respect to such stock options immediately prior to the underwriters’ partial exerciseBusiness Combination, after giving effect to the Exchange Ratio.
Outstanding warrants to purchase shares of TortoiseCorp Class A common stock remained outstanding at the Closing Date. The warrants became exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination and expired five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On November 30, 2020, the Company issued a notice of redemption to the warrant holders and on December 31, 2020, it redeemed all outstanding public warrants. See Note 9 for more information.
In connection with the Business Combination,
certain TortoiseCorp shareholders exercised their right to redeem certain of their over-allotment option, at outstanding shares for cash, resulting in the redemption of 3,308 shares of TortoiseCorp common stock for gross redemption payments of less than $0.1 million.
a number of investors purchased from the Company an aggregate of 30,750,000 shares of common stock (the “PIPE Shares”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceedsshare and an aggregate purchase price of approximately $233.0$307.5 million and incurring offering costspursuant to separate subscription agreements entered into effective June 18, 2020 (the “PIPE”). The PIPE investment closed simultaneously with the consummation of approximately $13.36 million, inclusive of approximately $8.13 million in deferred underwriting commissions.

the Business Combination.

Each Unit consistsan investor purchased 1,750,000 TortoiseCorp units (consisting of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant, the “Forward Purchase Units”), consisting of 1,750,000 shares of common stock (“Forward Purchase Shares”) and warrants to purchase 875,000 shares of common stock (“Forward Purchase Warrants”) for an aggregate purchase price of $17.5 million pursuant to a forward purchase agreement entered into effective February 6, 2019, as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Forward Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2020.

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, TortoiseCorp was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. See Note 1 for further details. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of Legacy Hyliion issuing stock for the net assets of TortoiseCorp, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of TortoiseCorp are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded.
Prior to the Business Combination, Legacy Hyliion and TortoiseCorp filed separate standalone federal, state and local income tax returns. As a result of the Business Combination Legacy Hyliion will file a consolidated income tax return. Although, for legal purposes, TortoiseCorp acquired Legacy Hyliion, and the transaction represents a reverse acquisition for federal income tax purposes. TortoiseCorp will be the parent of the consolidated group with Legacy Hyliion a subsidiary, but in the year of the closing of the Business Combination, Legacy Hyliion will file a full year tax return with TortoiseCorp joining in the return the day after the Closing Date.
The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statements of cash flows and the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Cash - TortoiseCorp’s trust and cash (net of redemption)$236,484 
Cash - PIPE307,500 
Cash - forward purchase units17,500 
Less: transaction costs and advisory fees paid(45,030)
Net Business Combination and PIPE financing$516,454 
F-16

The number of shares of common stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination were:
Common stock, outstanding prior to Business Combination23,300,917 
Less: redemption of TortoiseCorp shares(3,308)
Common stock of TortoiseCorp23,297,609 
TortoiseCorp founder shares5,825,230 
Shares issued in PIPE30,750,000 
Shares issued in connection with forward purchase agreement1,750,000 
Business Combination, PIPE, and forward purchase agreement financing shares61,622,839 
Legacy Hyliion shares(1)
92,278,990 
Total shares of common stock immediately after Business Combination153,901,829 
Hyliion Holdings Corp. exercise of warrants15,414,592 
Total shares of common stock at December 31, 2020169,316,421 
(1)The number of Legacy Hyliion shares was determined as follows:
Legacy Hyliion
shares
Legacy Hyliion
shares,
effected for
Exchange
Ratio
Balance at December 31, 201824,453,750 35,634,061 
Recapitalization applied to Series A outstanding at December 31, 201834,799,813 50,710,369 
Exercise of common stock options - 2019286,874 418,033 
Exercise of common stock options - 2020 (pre-Closing)763,216 1,112,160 
Conversion of convertible notes payable to common stock(2)
2,336,235 4,404,367 
92,278,990 
(2)The number of shares issued for the conversion of convertible notes payable to common stock is calculated by applying the Exchange Ratio to the Legacy Hyliion shares issued at the time of conversion and adding 1,000,000 shares issued in connection with the Commercial Matters Agreement. All fractions were rounded down.
Lock-Up Arrangements
Certain former stockholders of Legacy Hyliion and TortoiseCorp have agreed to lock-up restrictions regarding the future transfer shares of common stock. Such shares were not able to be transferred or otherwise disposed of for a period of six months through April 1, 2021, subject to certain exceptions.
Transaction costs
Transaction costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination totaled approximately $45.0 million, which were charged to additional paid-in capital for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Note 5. Debt
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued a convertible note payable in exchange for cash totaling $5.0 million (the “2018 Note”). The 2018 Note bore interest at 6% per annum and matured in September 2020 (two years subsequent to its issuance date). The 2018 Note included the following embedded features:
(a)Automatic conversion upon the next equity financing of at least $5.0 million in proceeds. The conversion price was dependent upon the pre-money valuation of the Company in connection with the next equity financing, with the conversion price set at a 35% discount on the next equity financing price if the pre-money valuation was $100.0 million or less, or 35% multiplied by the quotient of $100.0 million divided by the pre-money valuation if it was greater than $100.0 million.
(b)Optional conversion upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to convert the 2018 Note into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to (i) the product of the change in control purchase price multiplied by 65%, divided by (ii) the total number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (on a fully-diluted basis).
(c)Optional redemption upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to request payment of all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest.
F-17

(d)Automatic or optional redemption upon an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the 2018 Note would either automatically become due and payable or could become due and payable at the holder’s option (based on the nature of the event of default). Upon such acceleration, all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest would become payable.
(e)Additional interest of 3% (or a total of 9%) upon an event of default.
In addition to the above embedded features, the Company agreed that the holder of the 2018 Note would be the Company’s Class Apreferred supplier for certain components or products that the holder sells.
The Company assessed the embedded features within the 2018 Note and determined that the automatic conversion feature upon next equity financing and optional conversion feature upon change in control (share-settled redemption features) and the additional interest feature met the definition of a derivative and were not clearly and closely related to the host contract and required separate accounting.
At issuance, the Company estimated the fair value of the automatic and optional conversion features to be approximately $1.8 million. At issuance, the Company concluded the fair value of the additional interest feature was de minimis.
Between February and July 2019, the Company issued a series of convertible notes payable in exchange for cash totaling $13.6 million (the “Initial 2019 Notes”). The Initial 2019 Notes bored interest at 6% per annum and matured two to five years after their respective issuance dates. The Initial 2019 Notes were only prepayable with the consent of the holders. One of the Initial 2019 Notes (totaling $1.8 million) was secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, subordinate to the first priority, senior secured interest held by a note holder of a convertible note issued in January 2020. The holder of this note had first priority secured interest in these assets.
The Initial 2019 Notes included the following embedded features:
(a)Automatic or optional (for one of the Initial 2019 Notes) conversion upon the next equity financing of at least $15.0 million in proceeds (the “Next Equity Financing”). The conversion price was dependent upon the pre-money valuation of the Company in connection with the next equity financing, with the conversion price set at a 25% discount on the next equity financing price if the pre-money valuation was $100.0 million or less, or 25% multiplied by the quotient of $100.0 million divided by the pre-money valuation if it was greater than $100.0 million.
(b)Optional conversion (for one of the Initial 2019 Notes) upon a subsequent equity financing if the holder did not elect to convert upon the Next Equity Financing, at the price that was set by the subsequent equity financing (no discount).
(c)Optional conversion upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to convert the Initial 2019 Notes into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to (i) the product of the change in control purchase price multiplied by 75%, divided by (ii) the total number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (on a fully-diluted basis).
(d)Optional redemption upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to request payment of all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest.
(e)Automatic or optional redemption upon an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Initial 2019 Notes would either automatically become due and payable or could become due and payable at the holder’s option (based on the nature of the event of default). Upon such acceleration, all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest would become payable.
(f)Additional interest of 3% (or a total of 9%) upon an event of default.
In addition, the Company had the right to modify one of the Initial 2019 Notes (totaling $1.8 million) in the event the holder did not convert upon next equity financing to adjust the interest rate to 4% per annum.
The Company assessed the embedded features within the Initial 2019 Notes and determined that the automatic or optional conversion feature upon next equity financing and the optional conversion feature upon change in control (share-settled redemption features), the additional interest feature and the interest rate adjustment feature met the definition of a derivative and were not clearly and closely related to the host contract and required separate accounting.
At issuance, the Company estimated the fair value of the automatic and optional conversion features to be approximately $6.0 million. At issuance, the Company concluded the fair value of the additional interest feature and the interest rate adjustment feature was de minimis.
In December 2019, the Company issued a convertible note payable in exchange for cash totaling $3.2 million (the “December 2019 Note”). The December 2019 Note bore interest at 6% per annum and matured in December 2020 (one year subsequent to its issuance date). The December 2019 Note was only prepayable with the consent of the holder. The December 2019 Note was
F-18

secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, subordinate to the security interest held by one of the Initial 2019 Note holders. The December 2019 Note included the following embedded features:
(a)Automatic conversion upon the next equity financing of at least $35.0 million in proceeds. The conversion price would be based on the next equity financing per share price, with a 50% discount.
(b)Optional conversion upon the next equity financing of at least $15.0 million in proceeds. The conversion price would be based on the next equity financing per share price, with a 50% discount.
(c)Automatic conversion upon a subsequent equity financing of at least $35.0 million if the holder did not elect to convert upon any previous equity financing, at the price that was set by the subsequent equity financing (no discount).
(d)Optional conversion upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to convert the December 2019 Note into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to (i) the product of the change in control purchase price multiplied by 50%, divided by (ii) the total number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (on a fully-diluted basis).
(e)Optional redemption upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to request payment of all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest.
(f)Automatic or optional redemption upon an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the December 2019 Note would either automatically become due and payable or could become due and payable at the holder’s option (based on the nature of the event of default). Upon such acceleration, all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest would become payable.
(g)Additional interest of 3% (or a total of 9%) upon an event of default.
In addition, in the event the holder did not convert upon an equity financing, the maturity date of the December 2019 Note would automatically extend by one year. In such situation, the holder also had the right to extend the maturity date for an additional two years beyond the modified maturity date.
The Company assessed the embedded features within the December 2019 Note and determined that the automatic and optional conversion features upon next equity financing (share-settled redemption features), the additional interest feature and the term extension feature met the definition of a derivative and were not clearly and closely related to the host contract and required separate accounting. The Company also concluded that the conversion features did not represent beneficial conversion features.
At issuance and at December 2019, the Company estimated the fair value of the automatic and optional conversion features to be approximately $1.4 million. At issuance, the Company concluded the fair value of the additional interest and term extension features was de minimis.
During January 2020, the Company issued a convertible note payable in exchange for cash totaling $3.2 million (the “January 2020 Note”). The January 2020 Note bore interest at 6% per annum and matured in January 2025 (five years subsequent to its issuance date). The January 2020 Note was only prepayable with the consent of the holder. The January 2020 Note was secured by a first priority, senior secured interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company. The January 2020 Note included the following embedded features:
(a)Optional conversion upon the next equity financing of at least $15.0 million in proceeds. The conversion price would be based on the next equity financing per share price, with a 50% discount.
(b)Optional conversion upon a subsequent equity financing of at least $15.0 million if the holder did not elect to convert upon the next equity financing, at the price that was set by the subsequent equity financing (no discount).
(c)Optional conversion upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to convert the January 2020 Note into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to (i) the product of the change in control purchase price multiplied by 50%, divided by (ii) the total number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (on a fully-diluted basis).
(d)Optional redemption upon a change in control. In the event of a change in control, the holder could elect to request payment of all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest.
(e)Optional redemption upon the Company obtaining at least $10.0 million in commercial debt, which would result in the January 2020 Note having the same priority or being treated as subordinate to the commercial debt. In such scenario, the holder could elect to request payment of all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest.
(f)Automatic or optional redemption upon an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the January 2020 Note would either automatically become due and payable or could become due and payable at the holder’s option (based
F-19

on the nature of the event of default). Upon such acceleration, all outstanding principal (with no penalty) and unpaid accrued interest would become payable.
(g)Additional interest of 3% (or a total of 9%) upon an event of default.
In addition, in the event the holder did not convert upon an equity financing or change in control event, the noteholder could extend the maturity date of the January 2020 Note by five years beyond the original maturity date.
In addition, in the event the holder does not convert upon an equity financing, the interest rate on the January 2020 Note would automatically be adjusted to a rate of 4% per annum.
The Company assessed the embedded features within the January 2020 Note and determined that the automatic and optional conversion features upon next equity financing (share-settled redemption features), the additional interest feature and the term extension feature met the definition of a derivative and were not clearly and closely related to the host contract and required separate accounting. The Company also concluded that the conversion features did not represent beneficial conversion features.
At issuance, the Company estimated the fair value of the automatic and optional conversion features to be approximately $2.7 million. At issuance, the Company has concluded the fair value of the additional interest and term extension features was de minimis.
The terms of the convertible notes payable included certain restrictive covenants related to the Company’s ability to enter into certain transactions or agreements, pay dividends, or take other similar corporate actions.
During June 2020, the holders of the convertible notes executed amendments (the “Note Amendments”) to their respective convertible notes clarifying the planned Business Combination would qualify as a next financing, as defined in the respective convertible notes. The convertible notes would either automatically convert or convert at the holder’s option (the election of which was evidenced by entering into the Note Amendments) in connection with such next financing (in this case the Business Combination). The convertible notes would convert into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to (i) the valuation of the Company established in connection with such next financing, divided by (ii) the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company (on a fully diluted and as-converted basis), as established in the original respective convertible notes. This conversion price would then be discounted based on the negotiated conversion discounts that were established in the noteholders’ original convertible notes. The amended terms of the Note Amendments were determined to be clarifications of the existing terms and did not result in substantially different terms. Accordingly, the Note Amendments were accounted for as modifications.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization discussed in Note 4, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, the convertible notes, plus accrued paid-in-kind interest, totaling $26.8 million were converted into an aggregate of 2,336,235 shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock, which were then exchanged for an aggregate of 3,404,367 shares of the Company’s common stock on the Closing Date. In addition, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock to a noteholder of the 2018 Note, Initial 2019 Notes, and January 2020 Note, with a grant date fair value of $10.00 per share in accordance with the Commercial Matters Agreement.
In connection with this conversion of the convertible notes, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $10.2 million included within other income (expense) on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Term Loan
During August 2020, the Company issued a term loan (the “Term Loan”) with a principal balance totaling $10.1 million that matured on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2020, (ii) the termination of the Business Combination or, (iii) the consummation of the Business Combination as provided in the Business Combination. In connection with the Term Loan, the Company paid $0.5 million of financing costs. The Term Loan bore interest at a rate equal to 6.5% plus the greater of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) LIBOR Rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.0%, and (c) Prime Rate in effect on such day. While outstanding in 2020, the Term Loan bore interest at 8.5% per annum. The Term Loan plus accrued interest was repaid in full in October 2020.
Payroll Protection Program Loan
During May 2020, the Company received loan proceeds in the amount of $0.9 million under the Payroll Protection Program (the “PPP”). The PPP was established as part of Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the business, subject to certain limitations. The loans and accrued interest were forgivable after eight weeks so long as the borrower used the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and so long as the borrower maintained its pre-funding employment and wage levels. Although the Company used the PPP loan proceeds for purposes consistent with the provisions of the PPP and such usage met the criteria established for forgiveness of the loan, the Company repaid the balance of the PPP loan plus accrued interest during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
F-20

Note 6. Investments
The amortized cost, unrealized gains and losses, and fair value, and maturities of our held-to-maturity investments at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are summarized as follows:
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2022
Amortized CostGross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Commercial paper$36,675 $$(161)$36,516 
U.S. government agency bonds12,441 (328)12,119 
State and municipal bonds40,104 28 (628)39,504 
Corporate bonds and notes213,088 76 (3,344)209,820 
$302,308 $112 $(4,461)$297,959 
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2021
Amortized CostGross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Commercial paper$73,908 $$(31)$73,879 
U.S. government agency bonds4,450 — (7)4,443 
State and municipal bonds17,797 — (115)17,682 
Corporate bonds and notes202,849 (953)201,899 
$299,004 $$(1,106)$297,903 
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Amortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
Due in one year or less$193,740 $191,094 $118,787 $118,714 
Due after one year through five years108,568 106,865 180,217 179,189 
$302,308 $297,959 $299,004 $297,903 
Note 7. Fair Value Measurements
The fair value measurements of our financial assets at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are summarized as follows:
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2022
Level ILevel IILevel IIITotal
Cash and cash equivalents$119,468 $— $— $119,468 
Restricted cash665 — — 665 
Held-to-maturity investments:
Commercial paper— 36,516 — 36,516 
U.S. government agency bonds— 12,119 — 12,119 
State and municipal bonds— 39,504 — 39,504 
Corporate bonds and notes— 209,820 — 209,820 
$120,133 $297,959 $— $418,092 
21

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2021
Level ILevel IILevel IIITotal
Cash and cash equivalents$258,445 $— $— $258,445 
Restricted cash665 — — 665 
Held-to-maturity investments:
Commercial paper— 73,879 — 73,879 
U.S. government agency bonds— 4,443 — 4,443 
State and municipal bonds— 17,682 — 17,682 
Corporate bonds and notes— 201,899 — 201,899 
$259,110 $297,903 $— $557,013 
The rollforward of the Company’s Level 3 instruments at December 31, 2020 is summarized as follows*:
Balance at December 31, 2019$8,351 
Issuance of convertible note payable derivative liability2,656 
Fair value adjustments1,358 
Settlement of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities(12,365)
Balance at December 31, 2020$— 
* There were no Level 3 instruments outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2022 or 2021.
Note 8. Inventory
The carrying value of our inventory at December 31, 2022 and 2021 is summarized as follows:
December 31,
20222021
Raw materials$— $— 
Work in process— 
Finished goods74 110 
$74 $114 
We write-down inventory for any excess or obsolete inventories or when we believe that the net realizable value of inventories is less than the carrying value. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we recorded write-downs of $5.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively, included in cost of revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we were in a research and development phase for all of our products, and did not capitalize substantial inventory amounts or record cost of sales and related adjustments.
Note 9. Capital Structure
As discussed in Note 1 and Note 4, on October 1, 2020, the Company consummated the Business Combination, which has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization. Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation as amended on October 1, 2020 and as a result of the reverse recapitalization, the Company has retrospectively adjusted the Legacy Hyliion preferred shares and Legacy Hyliion common shares issued and outstanding prior to October 1, 2020 to give effect to the Exchange Ratio used to determine the number of shares of common stock of the combined entity into which they were converted.
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share,share. The Company’s board of directors is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, option or other special rights and one-halfany qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of one redeemable warrant (each, a “Warrant”each series. At December 31, 2022 and collectively,2021, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
F-22

Common Stock
At December 31, 2022, the “Warrants”following shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance:
Stock options issued and outstanding2,541,439 
Authorized for future grant under 2020 Equity Incentive Plan7,503,921 
10,045,360 
Warrants
Public Warrants: On March 4, 2019, TortoiseCorp completed an initial public offering that included warrants for shares of common stock (the “Public Warrants”). Each wholePublic Warrant entitlesentitled the holder to the right to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. No fractional shares will bewere issued upon separationexercise of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade. Each Warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination and 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. Once the Warrants become exercisable, theWarrants. The Company maycould elect to redeem the outstandingPublic Warrants, in whole butand not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant upon a minimum ofif (i) 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption ifis provided to the holders, and only if(ii) the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which the Company sentsends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

Of the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, an aggregate Upon issuance of 77,750 Units (the “Affiliated Units”) were purchased by certain employees of affiliates of the Company.

The underwriters of the Initial Public Offering were entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5%, of which 2.0% (approximately $4.64 million) was paid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering and 3.5% (approximately $8.13 million) was deferred.

On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for cancellationa redemption notice by the Company.

NOTE 4.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In November 2018,Company, the Sponsor paid $25,000 in offering expenses on behalfwarrant holders had a period of the Company in exchange for the issuance of 5,750,000 Founder Shares, or approximately $0.004 per share. In February 2019, the Company effected a stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares (up30 days to 843,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters did not exercise their over-allotment option). On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by the Company. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof. The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering except that the Founder Shares are shares of Class B common stock which automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination and (ii) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (a) if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, or (b) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

on a cashless basis. On the Closing Date, there were 11,650,458 Public Warrants issued and outstanding.

Private Placement Warrants

ConcurrentlyWarrants: Simultaneous with the closing of the Initial Public Offering,TortoiseCorp’s initial public offering in March 2019, Tortoise Borrower purchased an aggregate of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrantswarrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant generating gross proceeds of approximately $6.66 million, in the Private Placement. Each Privatea private placement (the “Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.Warrants”). The Private Placement Warrants willcould not be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basisredeemed by the Company so long as they are held by Tortoise Borrower or its permitted transferees.


Tortoise Borrower agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

Related Party Loans 

Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company funds to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering and certain operating expenses. This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $580,000 from the Sponsor, and repaid the loan in full on March 29, 2019.

Administrative Services Agreement

Pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and the Sponsor, dated February 27, 2019 (the “Administrative Services Agreement”), the Company agreed to pay the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and administrative support. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the agreement will terminate. The Company incurred $100,000 for expenses in connection with the Administrative Services Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2019, which is reflected in the accompanying statements of operations. On March 29, 2019, the Sponsor assigned all of its rights, interests and obligations under the Administrative Services Agreement to Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.

NOTE 5.   COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Forward Purchase Agreement

The Company entered into an amended and restated forward purchase agreement (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) with Atlas Point Fund, pursuant to which Atlas Point Fund, which is a fund managed by CIBC National Trust but is not affiliated with the Company or the Sponsor, agreed to purchase up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of units (the “Forward Purchase Units”), consisting of one share of Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase Shares”) and one-half of one redeemable warrant (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share (such Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share or the Forward Purchase Units, as the case may be, the “Forward Purchase Securities”), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Business Combination. The Forward Purchase Warrants will have the same terms as the Warrants and the Forward Purchase Shares will be identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except the Forward Purchase Shares and the Forward Purchase Warrants will be subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights. The proceeds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the Initial Business Combination, and any excess funds may be used for the working capital needs of the post-transaction company. This agreement is independent of the percentage of stockholders electing to redeem their Public Shares and may provide the Company with an increased minimum funding level for the Initial Business Combination. The Forward Purchase Agreement is subject to conditions, including Atlas Point Fund giving the Company its irrevocable written consent to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after the Company notifies it of the Company’s intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed Initial Business Combination. Atlas Point Fund may grant or withhold its consent to the purchase entirely within its sole discretion. Accordingly, if Atlas Point Fund does not consent to the purchase, it will not be obligated to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities.

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, the Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans), are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on February 27, 2019 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short-form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Business Combination. However, the Registration Rights Agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

F-14

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,375,000 additional Units to cover any over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price of $10.00 per Unit, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option to purchase 800,917 additional Units, and on March 7, 2019, the underwriters notified the Company of their intent to waive the remainder of their over-allotment option.

The underwriters were entitled to an underwriting discount for each Unit sold in the Initial Public Offering, except for the Affiliated Units. An aggregate of approximately $4.64 million (or $0.20 per Unit), was paid to the underwriters upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. An additional fee of approximately $8.13 million (or $0.35 per Unit), will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Deferred Legal Fees Associated with the Initial Public Offering

The Company entered into an engagement letter to obtain legal advisory services, pursuant to which the Company’s legal counsel agreed to defer half of their fees until the closing of the Initial Business Combination. As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an aggregate of $150,000 in connection with such arrangement as deferred legal fees in the accompanying balance sheets.

NOTE 6.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. No Class A common stock was issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, there were 23,300,917 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, of which 22,366,276 shares of Class A common stock were classified outside of permanent equity.

Class B Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class B common stock. In November 2018, the Company issued 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock. In February 2019, the Company effected a stock dividend of 718,750 shares of Class B common stock. As of March 4, 2019, there were 6,468,750 shares of Class B common stock outstanding (up to 843,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters did not exercise their over-allotment option). On March 4, 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option to purchase 800,917 additional Units. On March 7, 2019, the underwriters waived the remainder of their over-allotment option and in connection therewith, the Sponsor forfeited 643,520 shares of Class B common stock for cancellation by the Company. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 5,825,230 and 6,468,750 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, respectively.

Holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders, except as required by law or stock exchange rule; provided that only holders of Class B common stock have the right to vote on the election of the Company’s directors prior to the Initial Business Combination.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Initial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the Initial Business Combination (excluding the Forward Purchase Securities and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Initial Business Combination).

F-15

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Warrants

The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (i) 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination and (ii) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective, but in no event later than 60 business days after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by Tortoise Borrower or Tortoise Borrower’s permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than Tortoise Borrowerthe initial purchasers, or itssuch purchasers’ permitted transferees,transferees. The Private Placement Warrants had terms and provisions identical to those of the Public Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period, except if the Private Placement Warrants will bewere held by someone other than the initial purchasers’ permitted transferees, then the Private Placement Warrants were redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

The exercise price On the Closing Date, there were 6,660,183 Private Warrants issued and numberoutstanding.

Forward Purchase Warrants: Simultaneous with the consummation of the Business Combination in October 2020, 875,000 Forward Purchase Warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share capitalization, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. In addition, if the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposeswere issued in connection with the closingforward purchase agreement (See Note 4). The Forward Purchase Warrants had terms and provisions identical to those of the Initial Business Combination at an issuePublic Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period, except that the Forward Purchase Warrants are subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights.
On November 30, 2020, the Company issued a notice of redemption of all its outstanding Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants, which was completed in December 2020. However, the Private Warrants held by the initial holders thereof or effective issuepermitted transferees of the initial holders were not subject to this redemption. As of December 31, 2020, all outstanding Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants were either exercised or redeemed by the holder. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s transfer agent received gross proceeds of $140.8 million corresponding to the exercise of 15,786,127 warrants. However, due to the timing of the receipt of the warrant exercise and the cash, the Company’s transfer agent issued 15,414,592 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2020. The remaining 371,535 shares of common stock were issued in January 2021. Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s transfer agent had not yet remitted $12.0 million of the gross proceeds associated with the shares of issued common stock to the Company and is included within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020. There were 281,065 warrants not exercised by the end of the redemption period that were redeemed for a price of less than $9.20$0.01 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faithwarrant, and subsequently cancelled by the Company’sCompany. The Company made the redemption payment on these cancelled warrants in January 2021. Certain holders of the warrants elected a cashless exercise, resulting in the forfeiture of 3,118,445 shares.
Note 10. Share-Based Compensation
2016 Equity Incentive Plan
For periods prior to the reverse recapitalization (See Note 4), the Hyliion Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), as amended in August 2017 and approved by the board of directors and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”“Board”), permitted the exercise pricegranting of various awards including stock options (including both nonqualified options and incentive options), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), stock awards, phantom stock units, performance awards and other share-based awards to employees, outside directors and consultants and advisors of the Warrants will be adjusted (toCompany. Only stock options have been awarded to employees, consultants and advisors under the nearest cent)2016 Plan.
Legacy Options converted into an option to be equal to 115% of the Newly Issued Price.

The Company may call the Warrants for redemption for cash (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.


Commencing 90 days after the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants (including both the Warrants and the Private Placement Warrants) in whole and not in part, at a price equal topurchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the product of the number of shares of Legacy Hyliion common stock and the Exchange Ratio at an exercise price per share equal to the exercise price of

F-23

the Legacy Option divided by the Exchange Ratio. Each exchanged option is governed by the same terms and conditions applicable to the Legacy Option prior to the Business Combination. No further grants can be made under the 2016 Plan.
The option exercise price for all grantees equals the stock’s estimated fair value on the date of the grant, after giving effect to the Exchange Ratio. The Board determined the fair value of common stock at the time of grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The Company believes the fair value of the stock options granted to nonemployees was more readily determinable than the fair value of the services received.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in order to measure the compensation cost associated with the award. This model incorporates certain assumptions for inputs including an expected volatility in the market value of the underlying common stock, expected term, a risk-free interest rate, and the expected dividend yield of the underlying common stock. The following assumptions were used for options issued during the year ended December 31, 2020*:
Expected volatility70.0%
Expected term6.1 years
Risk-free interest rate1.7%
Expected dividend yield0.0%
* There were no options issued during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Expected volatility: The expected volatility was determined by reference toexamining the table set forth inhistorical volatility of a group of industry peers, as the Company did not have any trading history for the Company’s prospectus relatingcommon stock.
Expected term: For employees, the expected term is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed by the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to estimate on a formula basis the Initial Public Offeringexpected term of the Company’s employee stock options, which are considered to have “plain vanilla” characteristics. For nonemployees, the expected term represents the contractual term of the option.
Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate was based upon quoted market yields for the United States Treasury instruments with terms that were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.
Expected dividend yield: The expected dividend yield was based on the redemptionCompany’s history and management’s current expectation regarding future dividends.
Employee and nonemployee stock options generally vest over four years, with a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant. These awards become available to the recipient upon the satisfaction of a vesting condition based on a period of service.
F-24

Activity in the 2016 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows:
Number of OptionsWeighted Average
Exercise Price (in Dollars)
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
Outstanding at December 31, 20196,587,282 $0.13 8.2 years
Granted2,797,828 0.23 
Exercised(1,112,960)0.11 
Forfeited(1,289,653)0.19 
Outstanding at December 31, 20206,982,497 0.16 7.8 years
Exercised(3,558,201)0.17 
Forfeited(266,407)0.18 
Outstanding at December 31, 20213,157,889 0.16 6.6 years
Exercised(563,617)0.17 
Forfeited(52,833)0.20 
Outstanding at December 31, 20222,541,439 $0.15 3.7 years
Exercisable at December 31, 20221,997,577 $0.13 2.8 years
At December 31, 2022, the options outstanding and exercisable had an intrinsic value of $5.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively. There were no options with an exercise price greater than the market price on December 31, 2022 to exclude from the intrinsic value computation. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $2.4 million, $42.8 million and $18.4 million, respectively.
Share-based compensation expense under the 2016 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. There was $0.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related the 2016 Plan at December 31, 2022, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, with a weighted-average period of 0.9 years.
2020 Equity Incentive Plan
On October 1, 2020, the Company’s shareholders approved a new long-term incentive award plan (the “2020 Plan”) in connection with the Business Combination. The 2020 Plan is administered by the Board and the “fair market value”compensation committee. The selection of participants, allotment of shares, determination of price and other conditions are approved by the Board and the compensation committee at its sole discretion in order to attract and retain personnel instrumental to the success of the Company’s Class ACompany. Under the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant an aggregate of 12,200,000 shares of common stock upon a minimumin the form of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemptionnonstatutory stock options, incentive stock options, SARs, restricted stock awards, performance awards and if, and only if,other awards. No awards were granted under the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted per share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day2020 Plan prior to the year ended December 31, 2021, and no stock options have been granted under the 2020 Plan.
Employee and director RSUs for which a grant date has been established generally vest over three to four years from the date of grant. These awards become available to the recipient upon the satisfaction of a vesting condition based on a period of service, and performance conditions (for certain awards to employees).
F-25

Activity in the 2020 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows:
Number of UnitsWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars)
Unvested at December 31, 2020— $— 
Granted1
1,858,236 11.24 
Vested(176,449)12.64 
Forfeited2
(124,993)12.09 
Unvested at December 31, 20213
1,556,794 11.01 
Granted4
2,504,939 4.10 
Vested(470,426)11.07 
Forfeited5
(822,207)8.44 
Unvested at December 31, 20226
2,769,100 $5.51 
1 Excludes 1,985,914 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
2 Excludes 75,000 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
3 Excludes 1,910,914 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
4 Excludes 204,167 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
5 Excludes 130,000 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
6 Excludes 1,336,667 shares underlying RSU awards with performance conditions, which have not been accounted for because no accounting grant date has been established.
Share-based compensation expense under the 2020 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $6.9 million, $4.8 million and nil, respectively. The fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $1.7 million, $1.6 million, and nil, respectively. There was $10.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the 2020 Plan at December 31, 2022, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, subject to forfeitures, with a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Note 11. Leases
The Company enters into operating leases for its corporate office, temporary offices, vehicles and equipment. In addition, the Company sendsmay enter into arrangements whereby portions of the noticeleased premises are subleased to third parties and are classified as operating leases. In December 2021, the Company amended the lease for its corporate office. This amendment increased the amount of redemptionspace under the original lease, adjusted the monthly lease payments, and decreased the term of the lease through 2027. The Company accounted for this extension as a lease modification and recorded a decrease to the warrant holders.operating lease ROU asset and lease liability. The “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A common stock is the average last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants.

If the Company calls the Warrants for redemption for cash, management will havelease amendment includes the option to require all holders that wishextend the term for up to exercisetwo consecutive terms of five years, which was not reasonably certain to be exercised at the Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holdersmodification date.

F-26

The following table presents information aboutprovides a summary of the components of lease income, costs and rent, which are included within research and development and selling, general and administrative expense:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Operating lease costs:
Operating lease cost$1,921 $1,386 $1,389 
Short-term lease cost199 456 42 
Variable lease cost622 469 (14)
Sublessor income— (38)(326)
Total operating lease costs$2,742 $2,273 $1,091 
Finance lease costs:
Amortization of right-of-use assets$— $74 $112 
Interest on lease liabilities— 21 
Total finance lease costs$— $75 $133 
The following table provides the weighted-average lease terms and discount rates used for the Company’s assets that are measured onoperating leases:
December 31,
20222021
Weighted-average remaining lease term:
Operating leases4.3 years5.3 years
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases7.1 %7.1 %
The following table provides a recurring basis assummary of operating lease liability maturities for the next five years and thereafter at December 31, 20192022:
2023$878 
20242,263 
20252,331 
20262,402 
2027822 
Thereafter— 
Total minimum lease payments8,696 
Less: imputed interest(1,377)
Total lease obligations$7,319 
F-27

Note 12. Property and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable, suchEquipment, Net
Property and equipment, net at December 31, 2022 and 2021 is summarized as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data pointsfollows:
December 31,
20222021
Production machinery and equipment$5,897 $1,717 
Vehicles817 720 
Leasehold improvements1,002 1,077 
Office furniture and fixtures162 155 
Computers and related equipment1,367 1,219 
9,245 4,888 
Less: accumulated depreciation(3,639)(2,653)
Total property and equipment, net$5,606 $2,235 
Depreciation expense for the asset or liability,years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and include situations where2020 totaled approximately $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, $0.3 million and $0.8 million was included in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2021, $0.1 million and $0.7 million was included in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, $0.1 million and $0.7 million was included in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, there was nil depreciation expense included in cost of revenues.
Note 13. Intangible Assets, Net
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of separately identifiable intangible assets at December 31, 2022 and 2021 is little, if any, market activitysummarized as follows:
December 31, 2022
Intangible AssetUseful LifeWeighted Average Remaining LifeGross Carrying ValueAccumulated AmortizationNet
Developed technology6 years1.4 years$583 $(445)$138 
Internal-use software3 years3.0 years66 (4)62 
$649 $(449)$200 
December 31, 2021
Intangible AssetUseful LifeWeighted Average Remaining LifeGross Carrying ValueAccumulated AmortizationNet
Developed technology6 years2.4 years$578 $(343)$235 
$578 $(343)$235 
Total amortization expense for the asset or liability.

December 31, 2019         
Description Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Money market fund $236,054,346  $—    $—   

As ofyears ended December 31, 2019, the investments held2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Trust Account were comprised solelyconsolidated statements of U.S. treasury securities.

NOTE 8.   INCOME TAXES

operations.

Total future amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2022 is summarized as follows:
2023$120 
202462 
202518 
$200 
28

Note 14. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are summarized as follows:
December 31,
20222021
Accrued professional services and other$5,834 $3,681 
Accrued compensation and related benefits4,773 3,460 
Other accrued liabilities928 618 
$11,535 $7,759 
Note 15. Warranties
The change in warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is summarized as follows and included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets:
Year ended December 31,
20222021
Balance at beginning of period$44 $— 
Accrual for warranties issued644 44 
Net changes in accrual related to pre-existing warranties(7)— 
Warranty charges(154)— 
Balance at end of period$527 $44 
Note 16. Income Taxes
The income tax provision (benefit) consistsfor the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Current tax expense:
Federal$— $— $— 
State— — — 
Total current tax expense$— $— $— 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
Federal$(34,296)$(24,138)$(8,952)
State(40)67 (291)
Valuation allowance34,336 24,071 9,243 
Total deferred tax expense$— $— $— 
29

The Company’s netcomponents of deferred tax assetstaxes at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are summarized as follows:

  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
Deferred tax asset      
Net operating loss carryforward $  $ 
Startup/Organizational Costs  118,728   124 
Total deferred tax assets  118,728   124 
Valuation Allowance  (118,728)  (124)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance $  $ 

December 31,
20222021
Deferred tax assets:
Federal net operating loss carryforwards$48,186 $39,399 
State net operating loss carryforwards491 984 
Operating lease obligation1,537 1,815 
Section 174 expenditures14,840 — 
R&D tax credit4,714 693 
Other3,148 1,908 
Intangible assets, net6,001 — 
Property and equipment, net— 13 
Total deferred tax assets78,917 44,812 
Less: valuation allowance(77,475)(43,139)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance1,442 1,673 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Operating lease right of use asset, net1,359 1,624 
Intangible assets, net— 49 
Property and equipment, net83 — 
Total deferred tax liabilities1,442 1,673 
Net deferred tax assets$— $— 
The reconciliation of taxes at the federal statutory rate to the Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Provision at statutory rate of 21%$(32,205)$(20,170)$68,069 
Non-deductible convertible debt interest expense— — 227 
Non-deductible gain related to warrant conversions— — (76,293)
State tax expense492 — (158)
Stock options533 (3,458)54 
Transaction costs— — (2,947)
Shares issued in connection with a Commercial Matters Agreement— — 2,100 
Other865 (231)(102)
R&D tax credit(4,021)(212)(193)
Change in valuation allowance34,336 24,071 9,243 
$— $— $— 
In assessing the realizationrealizability of deferred tax assets, management considersconsidered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considersconsidered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets,liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After considerationBased upon the level of all ofhistorical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization ofperiods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2022.
The Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $229.5 million and $187.6 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. At December 31, 2022, $10.5 million of this amount will begin to expire in 2036 and the remaining $219.0
F-30

million has therefore establishedan indefinite carryforward period. The Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $12.5 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, that will begin to expire beginning in 2036 and research and development credits of $4.1 million that will begin to expire in 2037. The Company's ability to utilize a full valuation allowance. Forportion of net operating loss carryforwards and credits to offset future taxable income, and tax, respectively, is subject to certain limitations under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code upon changes in equity ownership of the Company. Due to such limitation, $2.0 million of the Company’s net operating loss and less than $0.1 million of the Company’s R&D credits will expire unused, regardless of taxable income in future years.
The Company files a United States federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns in various states. The tax returns for years 2018 and thereafter remain open for examination. However, the taxing authorities have the ability to review the propriety of tax losses created in closed tax years to the extent such losses are utilized in an open tax year.
Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies
Economic Incentive Agreement
During the year ended December 31, 2019,2018, the valuation allowance was approximately $119,000.


A reconciliationCompany entered into an agreement with the Cedar Park Economic Development Corporation (“EDC”), whereby the Company will receive cash grants from the EDC contingent upon the Company fulfilling and maintaining certain corporate office lease and employment requirements. The specified requirements must be met on or before specific measurement dates and maintained throughout the term of the statutory federal income tax rate (benefit)agreement, which expires effective December 31, 2025.

As the terms of the EDC grant agreement require the Company to meet and maintain all of the performance requirements throughout the term of the agreement, the Company has not substantially met all the conditions for the grant funding received. Should the Company fail to meet and maintain any performance requirements, all amounts received from the EDC are subject to refund. Accordingly, total grant funding of $0.9 million recorded as part of other liabilities as of December 31, 2022 will continue to be reflected as an other non-current liability until all related performance requirements have been met through the end of the agreement on December 31, 2025.
Under the agreement, the EDC has the right to file a security interest to all assets of the Company.
Legal Proceedings
On September 28, 2020, the Company, then operating as TortoiseCorp, held a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company (the “Special Meeting”), to approve the proposed Business Combination with Hyliion Inc. and certain other matters relating thereto. Among them were several proposals to amend the TortoiseCorp’s certificate of incorporation (the “Old Charter”), including an amendment to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock from 200,000,000 to 250,000,000 shares (the “Class A Increase Amendment”). At the Special Meeting, all proposals presented, including the Class A Increase Amendment, were approved by a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. On October 1, 2020, the Business Combination closed and the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation (the “New Charter”), which gave effect to that amendment and certain other approved amendments and also reclassified the Company’s Class A common stock into “common stock,” became effective.
A recent ruling by the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Court of Chancery”) has created uncertainty as to whether Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) would have required the Class A Increase Amendment proposal to be approved by separate votes of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock.
The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A common stock was not required to approve the Class A Increase Amendment. In light of this recent ruling, however, the Company filed a petition (the “Petition”) in the Court of Chancery pursuant to Section 205 of the DGCL on February 13, 2023 seeking validation of the Class A Increase Amendment and the validation and declaration of effectiveness of the New Charter (including its filing and effectiveness) which gave effect to the Company’s effective tax rate (benefit) isClass A Increase Amendment, and for the avoidance of doubt the validation of the reclassification of the Company's Class A common stock into “common stock” pursuant to the New Charter, in each case as follows:

  2019  2018 
Statutory federal income tax rate  21.0%  21.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit  0.0%  0.0%
Federal tax rate change  0.0%  0.0%
Valuation allowance  3.8%  (21.0)%
Income tax provision expense  24.8%  0.0%

NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events,” which establishes general standards of accounting forOctober 1, 2020. Section 205 of the DGCL permits the Court of Chancery, in its discretion, to ratify and disclosurevalidate potentially defective corporate acts after considering a variety of events that occur afterfactors. On February 14, 2023, the balance sheetCourt of Chancery granted the motion to expedite and set a hearing date but beforeon the Petition of March 6, 2023.

From the date of the Business Combination and through the issuance date of the financial statements areincluded in this Annual Report on Form 10-K the total issued and potential dilutive shares of the Company evaluated subsequent eventshave not exceeded the previously authorized 200,000,000. If the Company is not successful in the Section 205 proceeding, the uncertainty with respect to its capitalization resulting from the Delaware Court of Chancery’s ruling referenced above could have a material adverse impact on the Company, including on its ability to issue stock-based compensation to its employees, directors and officers, pursue strategic transactions that occurred afteror complete future equity or debt financing transactions, until the underlying issues are definitively resolved.
F-31

Note 18. Net (Loss) Income Per Share
As a result of the reverse recapitalization (see Note 4), the Company has retroactively adjusted the weighted average shares outstanding prior to October 1, 2020 to give effect to the Exchange Ratio used to determine the number of shares of common stock into which they were converted.
The computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share for the years ended December 31, 2019,2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Numerator:
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders$(153,357)$(96,048)$324,117 
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic175,400,486 172,216,477 104,324,059 
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted175,400,486 172,216,477 112,570,960 
Net (loss) income per share, basic$(0.87)$(0.56)$3.11 
Net loss per share, diluted$(0.87)$(0.56)$(0.35)
Potential common shares excluded from the balance sheetcomputation of diluted net (loss) income per share because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Unexercised stock options2,541,439 3,157,889 — 
Unvested restricted stock units*4,105,673 3,467,708 — 
6,647,112 6,625,597 — 
* Potential common shares from unvested restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 include 1,336,667, 1,910,914 and nil shares, respectively, where no accounting grant date has been established.
Note 19. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Cash paid for interest$— $(8)$(144)
Cash paid for taxes$— $— $— 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$(1,921)$(1,386)$(1,446)
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations$— $3,410 $1,007 
F-32

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Warrants exercised where proceeds are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets$— $— $11,978 
Settlement of convertible notes payable and convertible note payable derivative liabilities$— $— $44,039 
Common stock issued for purchase of assets$16,115 $— $— 
Acquisitions of property and equipment and intangible assets included in accounts payable and other$59 $246 $— 
Note 20. Retirement Plan
The Company has adopted a 401(k) plan to provide all eligible employees a means to accumulate retirement savings on a tax-advantaged basis. The 401(k) plan requires participants to be at least 21 years old and have 30 days of service. Plan participants may make elective contributions up to the date thatmaximum percentage of compensation and dollar amount allowed under the audited financial statements were available to be issued. Based upon these evaluations,Internal Revenue Code and are always 100% vested in their elective contributions. The Company has also established a Profit Sharing plan in which the employer may make contributions on the employee’s behalf (“discretionary employer contributions”). The Company did not identifymake any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure inProfit Sharing contributions during the financial statements.

years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

33
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

Item 9AControls and Procedures.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure

Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer) of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures areas defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designedwere effective to ensureprovide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in ourthe reports filedthat we file or submittedsubmit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controlsforms and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensureprovide reasonable assurance that such information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officerprincipal executive officer and Chief Financial Officer,principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and 15d-15maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act,Act. Based on our Chiefmanagement’s evaluation (with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and ChiefPrincipal Financial Officer carried out an evaluationOfficer), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosureinternal controls and proceduresover financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. Based upon their evaluation,2022, which was based on the framework in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, our ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer and ChiefPrincipal Financial Officer have concluded that, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a reportas of management’s assessment regardingDecember 31, 2022, our internal control over financial reporting or an attestation reportwas effective as of the Company’sDecember 31, 2022. Our independent registered public accounting firm, due to a transition period established by rulesGrant Thornton LLP, has audited the effectiveness of the SEC for newly public companies.

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there hasour internal control over financial reporting and as of December 31, 2022, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changechanges in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2022 that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.Other Information.

None.


In September 2022, we acquired certain assets (the “Acquired Assets”) of General Electric Company's GE Additive business (the “Acquisition”). As a result, the Company has expanded certain controls such as review and integration of a material acquisition.

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Limitations on Controls
Our current officersdisclosure controls and directorsprocedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as follows:

NameAgePosition
Vincent T. Cubbage*55Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Stephen Pang*(1)38Chief Financial Officer and Director
Andrew J. Orekar43Independent Director
Frank M. Semple68Independent Director
Sidney L. Tassin63Independent Director
Steven C. Schnitzer*57Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Darrell Brock, Jr.*54Vice President, Business Development

specified above. Management does not expect, however, that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.
47

(1)On January 23, 2020, Connie Savage resigned as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company and the board of directors of the Company appointed Stephen Pang as Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
*Denotes an executive officer.

Vincent T. Cubbage — Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors sinceand Stockholders
Hyliion Holdings Corp.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the completioninternal control over financial reporting of our Initial Public OfferingHyliion Holdings Corp. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022, based on March 4, 2019. He has served as Managing Director – Private Energycriteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. since January 2019. Mr. Cubbage has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a memberSponsoring Organizations of the BoardTreadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of Managers of Lightfoot Capital Partners GP LLC,December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in the general partner of Lightfoot Capital Partners, LP, from its formation2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in 2006 through its wind-up in December 2019. He served as Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairmanaccordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of Arc Logistics GP LLC,(United States) (“PCAOB”), the general partner of Arc Logistics Partners LP (NYSE: ARCX), formerly a publicly traded partnership engaged in the midstream business, from October 2013 to the date of its sale in December 2017. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Cubbage also served on the board of managersconsolidated financial statements of the general partnerCompany as of International Resources Partners LP, a private partnership founded by Lightfoot Capital that was engaged in the mining of natural resources. Prior to founding Lightfoot Capital, Mr. Cubbage was a Senior Managing Director and Head of the Midstream sector in the Investment Banking Division of Banc of America Securities from 1998 to 2006. Before joining Banc of America Securities, Mr. Cubbage was a Vice President at Salomon Smith Barney in the Global Energy and Power Group where he worked from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Cubbage received an M.B.A. from the American Graduate School of International Management and a B.A. from Eastern Washington University.

We believe Mr. Cubbage’s extensive knowledge of the energy industry, as well as his substantial business, leadership and management experience, including serving on the board of directors of a publicly traded partnership, bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Stephen Pang — Chief Financial Officer and Director. Mr. Pang has served as a director since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019 and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2020. Mr. Pang is a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at Tortoise, and is responsible for Tortoise’s public and private direct investments across its energy strategies, where he has served as Vice President of Tortoise Pipeline & Energy Fund, Inc., a closed-end fund, since May 2017. Prior to joining Tortoise in 2014, Mr. Pang was a Director in Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC’s Equity Capital Markets Group. Before joining Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC in 2012, he spent eight years in Citigroup Global Markets Inc.’s Investment Banking Division, where he focused on equity underwriting and corporate finance in the energy sector. Since October 2019, Mr. Pang has served as a member of the board of managers of Mexico Pacific Limited LLC. Mr. Pang received a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Richmond and is a CFA charterholder.

We believe Mr. Pang’s extensive background in capital markets, finance and investing in the energy industry brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.


Andrew J. Orekar — Director. Mr. Orekar has served as a director since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019. Mr. Orekar is the Chief Executive Officer of GasLog Partners LP. He has held the position of Chief Executive Officer since the partnership’s initial public offering in 2014 and was appointed a Director in 2016. Prior to joining GasLog Partners LP, Mr. Orekar served as Managing Director at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, where he advised global natural resources and energy companies on mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and capital markets transactions. Mr. Orekar joined Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC in 1998 and held positions of increasing responsibility within the Investment Banking Division during his 15-year career, and was appointed Managing Director in 2009. Mr. Orekar received a B.S. in Finance and a B.A. in English from the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Orekar’s extensive background in capital markets, finance and mergers and acquisitions in the energy industry, as well as his substantial experience and knowledge in the operations and management of a publicly traded partnership, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Frank M. Semple — Director. Mr. Semple has served as a director since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019. Mr. Semple is the retired Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. Mr. Semple joined MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. in 2003 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was elected Chairman of the Board in 2008. Prior to joining MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P., Mr. Semple completed a 22-year career with The Williams Companies, Inc. and WilTel Communications Group Inc., where he held various officer positions. Prior to his time at The Williams Companies, Inc., Mr. Semple served as an officer in the U.S. Navy submarine force from 1974 to 1980. Mr. Semple also serves on the Board of Directors of the general partner of MPLX LP and served on the Board of Directors of the general partner of Andeavor Logistics LP from October 2018 to July 2019. Mr. Semple is also invited to attend meetings of the board of directors of Marathon Petroleum Corporation in his capacity as a board observer on behalf of MPLX LP. Mr. Semple earned a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the United States Naval Academy and completed the Program for Management Development at Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Semple’s significant experience in operations, strategic planning, finance and corporate governance matters brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Sidney L. Tassin — Director. Mr. Tassin has served as a director since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019. Mr. Tassin is the founder and President of Carta Energy LLC, a firm that originates private equity investments in the energy field. Prior to founding Carta Energy LLC in 2006, Mr. Tassin was President and a founding partner of Energy Spectrum Capital LP, a private equity fund in the energy industry, from its inception in 1996 until 2006. Prior to founding Energy Spectrum Capital LP, Mr. Tassin held executive financial positions with MESA Inc. and predecessor companies from 1980 to 1994, including serving as chief financial officer from 1989 to 1994. Prior to joining MESA Inc., Mr. Tassin was a CPA with Arthur Andersen & Co. in Houston where he worked in the Audit Division, specializing in energy companies from 1977 to 1980. Mr. Tassin served as a Director of Arc Logistics GP LLC, the general partner of Arc Logistics Partners LP (NYSE: ARCX), formerly a publicly traded partnership engaged in the midstream business, from November 2013 to the date of its sale in December 2017, serving as lead director, chair of the audit committee and chair of the conflicts committee. Mr. Tassin also served as a Director of Clipper Windpower Plc from 2002 to 2011 and was a member of the audit committee. In addition, Mr. Tassin served as a Director of Bayard Drilling Technologies, Inc. from 1998 to 2000 and was a member of the audit committee. Mr. Tassin received a B.A. in Accounting from Northeast Louisiana University.

We believe Mr. Tassin’s substantial experience and knowledge regarding financial issues related to energy companies and the energy industries, as well as his experience serving on audit committees, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.


Steven C. Schnitzer — Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Schnitzer has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019 and has served as Director and Private Energy – General Counsel of Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. since January 2019. Mr. Schnitzer served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Lightfoot Capital Partners GP LLC, the general partner of Lightfoot Capital Partners, LP, from February 2014 through its wind-up in December 2019, and served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Arc Logistics GP LLC, the general partner of Arc Logistics Partners LP, formerly a publicly traded partnership (NYSE: ARCX), from February 2014 until its sale in December 2017. Prior to joining Lightfoot Capital Partners GP LLC, Mr. Schnitzer practiced law with the firm of Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP, where he served as the Chair of the Corporate Group of the firm’s Washington, DC office from 2001 to January 2014 and specialized in corporate law, including mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and securities matters. Prior to joining Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP, Mr. Schnitzer was an Associate from 1994 and a Partner from 1997 to 2000 in the Corporate Group of Crowell & Moring LLP in Washington, DC. Prior to joining Crowell & Moring LLP, Mr. Schnitzer was an Associate from 1988 to 1994 in the Corporate Finance Department of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP in New York City. Mr. Schnitzer received a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Maryland and a Juris Doctor degree from Touro College Jacob D. Fuchsberg Law Center, where he graduated cum laude and served as Editor-in-Chief of the law review.

Darrell Brock, Jr. — Vice President, Business Development. Mr. Brock has served as our Vice President of Business Development since the completion of our Initial Public Offering on March 4, 2019 and has served as Director – Private Energy of Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. since January 2019. Mr. Brock served as a Vice President of Lightfoot Capital Partners GP LLC and as Vice President of Business Development of Arc Logistics GP LLC, the general partner of Arc Logistics Partners LP (NYSE: ARCX), formerly a publicly traded partnership engaged in the midstream business, from July 2014 until the sale of Arc Logistics Partners LP in December 2017. From 2010 to June 2014, Mr. Brock served as a consultant to Arc Logistics GP LLC and Lightfoot Capital Partners GP LLC. Prior to joining Arc Logistics GP LLC, Mr. Brock was a Managing Partner at The Cumberland Group from 2009 to 2014. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Brock was President and Chief Executive Officer of the midstream company DTX Oil, LLC. Mr. Brock served as Commissioner of the Kentucky Governor’s Office of Development from 2003 to 2005, where he oversaw state infrastructure and development, and also served as Senior Policy Advisor to the Governor. Mr. Brock received a B.B.A. in Accounting and an M.B.A. from Eastern Kentucky University.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We have five directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Stephen Pang, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Andrew J. Orekar and Frank M. Semple, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Vincent T. Cubbage and Sidney L. Tassin, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A under the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE require that the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee of the board of directors. Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar serve as members of our audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar are independent.


Sidney L. Tassin serves as chair of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Sidney L. Tassin qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the FASB, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar are independent. Andrew J. Orekar serves as chair of the compensation committee.

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;


assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors. Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar serve as members of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Frank M. Semple serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee are to assist the board in:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.


Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of any class of equity security which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of the copies of the forms furnished to us, we believe that, during the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, and our directors, officersreport dated February 28, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and ten percent holders complied with all filing requirements under Section 16(a)for its assessment of the Exchange Act,effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the following exception: our Sponsor had one delinquent Form 4 filing on May 6, 2019 relatingPCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the forfeiture of certain shares of Class B common stock for cancellation followingCompany in accordance with the partial exerciseU.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the over-allotment option grantedSecurities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the underwritersmaintenance of records that, in our Initial Public Offering.

Codereasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of Ethicsthe assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and Committee Charters

Wethat receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have adopted a Codematerial effect on the financial statements.

Because of Ethics applicableits inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 28, 2023
48

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
Part III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 will be contained in, and is hereby incorporated by reference to, our directors, officers and employees. We filed a copydefinitive proxy statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2023 Proxy Statement”), which we will file pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Commission within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 31, 2022. This includes information regarding our Code of EthicsBusiness Conduct and our auditEthics.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 will be contained in, and compensation committee charters as exhibitsis hereby incorporated by reference to, the registration statement related2023 Proxy Statement, which we will file pursuant to our Initial Public Offering. You may review these documents by accessing our public filings atRegulation 14A with the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copyCommission within 120 days after the close of the Code of Ethicsyear ended December 31, 2022.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 will be provided without charge upon request from uscontained in, writing at 5100 W. 115th Place, Leawood, KSand is hereby incorporated by reference to, the 2023 Proxy Statement, which we will file pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Commission within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 31, 2022.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 will be contained in, and is hereby incorporated by reference to, the 2023 Proxy Statement, which we will file pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Commission within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 31, 2022.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 will be contained in, and is hereby incorporated by reference to, the 2023 Proxy Statement, which we will file pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Commission within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 31, 2022.
49

Part IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) and (a)(2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules:
Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements of the Company under Item 8 of Part II. All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the amounts are immaterial, not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of Part II above.
(b) Exhibits
Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by telephone at (913) 981-1020. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waiversreference as part of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Currentthis Annual Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Tortoise manages several investment vehicles. Tortoise and its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities or companies decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Tortoise may be suitable for both us and for current or future Tortoise Funds and may be directed to such affiliates rather than to us. Neither Tortoise nor members of our management team who are also employed10-K. Exhibits not incorporated by Tortoise have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware. Tortoise and/or our management, in their capacities as partners, officers or employees of Tortoise or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future affiliates of Tortoise, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with any affiliates of Tortoise or the Tortoise Funds. Such entities may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such other entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. In addition, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.


Our Sponsor, officers and directors may become involved with subsequent blank check companies similar to our company, although they have agreed, pursuantreference to a written letter agreement,prior filing are designated by an asterisk (*); all exhibits not so designated are incorporated by reference to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Investors and potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

prior filing as indicated.
None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. Furthermore, our initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares held by them until one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (i) the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (ii) we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Exhibit NumberDescription
2.1+Our Sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Furthermore, in no event will our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by the company any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Further, we pay an amount equal to $10,000 per month to our Sponsor for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to us. On March 29, 2019, our Sponsor assigned all of its rights, interests and obligations under the administrative services agreement to Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. Our initial stockholders have agreed to vote any Founder Shares held by them and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination, and our officers and directors have also agreed to vote any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification.

Our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account, and to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.


Item 11.Executive Compensation.

None of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we have agreed to pay our Sponsor (or an affiliate thereof) a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. In addition, our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 20, 2020 by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our named executive officers and directors that beneficially owns shares of our common stock; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the public warrants or the Private Placement Warrants.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 Number of Shares Beneficially Owned  Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Common Stock 
Tortoise Sponsor LLC (our Sponsor)(2)(3)  4,439,605   15.2%
Adage Capital Partners, L.P.(4)  2,025,000   7.0%
Alyeska Investment Group, L.P.(5)  1,500,000   5.2%
Deep Basin Capital LP(6)  1,500,000   5.2%
Karpus Management, Inc.(7)  1,463,405   5.0%
         
Vincent T. Cubbage  25,000   * 
Stephen Pang  5,000   * 
Andrew J. Orekar  40,000   * 
Frank M. Semple  40,000   * 
Sidney L. Tassin  40,000   * 
Steven C. Schnitzer  5,000   * 
Darrell Brock, Jr.  5,000   * 
All directors and executive officers as a group (7 individuals)  160,000   * 

*Less than one percent.
(1)This table is basedCompany’s Current Report on 29,126,147 shares of common stock outstanding at March 20, 2020, of which 23,300,917 were shares of Class A common stock and 5,825,230 were shares of Class B common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is 5100 W. 115th Place, Leawood, KS 66211.
(2)Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.
(3)Tortoise Sponsor LLC is the record holder of the shares reported herein. Tortoise Borrower LLC is the managing member of Tortoise Sponsor LLC. Tortoise Parent Holdco LLC is the sole member of Tortoise Borrower LLC, and Tortoise Investments, LLC is the sole member of Tortoise Parent Holdco LLC. Tortoise Investments, LLC is controlled by a board of directors, which consists of Jeffrey Lovell, Robert M. Belke, Brad Armstrong, H. Kevin Birzer, Gary P. Henson and Brad Hilsabeck. Accordingly, the members of the board of directors of Tortoise Investments, LLC may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the common stock held directly by Tortoise Sponsor LLC. In addition, Vincent T. Cubbage, Stephen Pang, Steven C. Schnitzer and Darrell Brock, Jr. are members of Tortoise Sponsor LLC. Mr. Cubbage, Mr. Pang, Mr. Schnitzer and Mr. Brock have no voting or dispositive power over such securities and hereby disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities.
(4)According to a Schedule 13GForm 8-K (File No. 001-38823) filed with the SEC on March 11, 2019June 19, 2020).
2.2+
(5)According to a Schedule 13GForm 8-K (File No. 001-38823) filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020 on behalf of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., Alyeska Fund GP, LLC, Alyeska Fund 2 GP, LLC and Anand Parekh. The business address of this stockholder is 77 West Wacker Drive, 7th Floor, Chicago, IL 60601.
(6)According to a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020, Deep Basin Capital LP acts as investment manager to, and exercises investment discretion with respect to the shares of common stock directly owned by, a number of accounts and investment vehicles. Accordingly, Deep Basin Capital LP may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the shares reported herein. The business address of this stockholder is 484 Pacific Street, Floor 2, Stamford, CT 06902.
(7)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020 on behalf of Karpus Management, Inc. d/b/a Karpus Investment Management, the shares of common stock reported herein are held by certain accounts managed by Karpus Management, Inc. The business address of this stockholder is 183 Sully’s Trail, Pittsford, NY 14534.

August 25, 2022).
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Founder Shares

In November 2018, 5,750,000 Founder Shares were issued to our Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In February 2019, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 718,750 shares thereof, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 6,468,750 Founder Shares. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of our Initial Public Offering. In February 2019, our Sponsor transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Tortoise Borrower. In connection with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, Tortoise Borrower transferred 1,265,625 Founder Shares to Atlas Point Fund pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and our Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors. In March 2019, the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering partially exercised their over-allotment option and waived the remainder of their over-allotment option. In connection therewith, our Sponsor forfeited 643,520 Founder Shares for cancellation by the Company.

Private Placement Warrants

Tortoise Borrower purchased an aggregate of 6,660,183 Private Placement Warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. As such, our Sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at approximately $6,660,183. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Conflicts of Interest

As more fully discussed in “Part III, Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. We may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.

Forward Purchase Agreement

We have entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Atlas Point Fund, which is a fund managed by CIBC National Trust but is not affiliated with us or our Sponsor, agreed to purchase up to an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000 of either (i) a number of Forward Purchase Units for $10.00 per unit or (ii) a number of Forward Purchase Shares for $9.67 per share, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. Whether we will issue Atlas Point Fund Forward Purchase Units valued at $10.00 per unit or Forward Purchase Shares valued at $9.67 per share will be determined at our election, and in our sole discretion, at least 10 business days prior to the closing of our initial business combination. Atlas Point Fund’s obligation to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities will, among other things, be conditioned on Atlas Point Fund giving us its irrevocable written consent to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities no later than five days after we notify it of our intention to meet to consider entering into a definitive agreement for a proposed business combination and on a requirement that such initial business combination is approved by a majority of our board and a majority of the independent directors of our board. Atlas Point Fund may grant or withhold its consent to the purchase entirely within its sole discretion. Accordingly, if Atlas Point Fund does not consent to the purchase, it will not be obligated to purchase the Forward Purchase Securities.


The Forward Purchase Warrants will have the same terms as the public warrants and the Forward Purchase Shares will be identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold in our Initial Public Offering, except the Forward Purchase Shares and the Forward Purchase Warrants will be subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights.

The Forward Purchase Agreement also provides that Atlas Point Fund is entitled to certain registration rights with respect to its Forward Purchase Securities. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, we have granted Atlas Point Fund the right to appoint a single observer to our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. Such observer will not have voting rights or otherwise have any of the powers of a member of our board of directors.

Administrative Services Agreement

On February 27, 2019, we entered into an administrative services agreement with our Sponsor, pursuant to which we agreed to pay our Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. On March 29, 2019, our Sponsor assigned all of its rights, interests and obligations under the administrative services agreement to Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.

Other than these monthly fees, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials (as applicable) furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely that the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Related Party Loans and Advances

Until the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, our only source of liquidity was an initial sale of Founder Shares to our Sponsor. Additionally, our Sponsor advanced us funds totaling approximately $580,000 to cover expenses related to our Initial Public Offering and certain operating expenses. On March 29, 2019, we repaid our Sponsor in full.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.


Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement, dated February 27, 2019, requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A common stock). The holders of these securities, having a value of at least $25 million in the aggregate, are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period, which occurs (a) in the case of the Founder Shares, on the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our business combination, (i) if the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property and (b) in the case of the Private Placement Warrants and the respective Class A common stock underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person who has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Our board of directors has determined that Sidney L. Tassin, Frank M. Semple and Andrew J. Orekar are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Fees for professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm since inception include:

  For the period from November 7, 2018 (date of inception) through December 31, 2019 
Audit Fees(1) $78,000 
Audit-Related Fees(2)   
Tax Fees(3)  4,500 
All Other Fees(4)   
     
Total $82,500 

(1)Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.
(3)Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.
(4)All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm as provided under the audit committee charter.


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Financial Statements: See “Index to Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

(b)Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibits not incorporated by reference to a prior filing are designated by an asterisk (*); all exhibits not so designated are incorporated by reference to a prior filing as indicated.

Exhibit NumberDescription
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2Specimen Class Aof Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 toof the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-229537) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-229537) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).
4.4Warrant Agreement, dated February 27, 2019, between Tortoise Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38823) filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019)October 7, 2020).
4.5*4.2
4.3
10.14.4
10.1
10.2
10.3†
10.4†
10.4(a)†
10.4(b)†
50

10.4(c)†
10.5†
10.5(a)†
10.5(b)†
10.5(c)*†
10.6†
10.7†
10.210.8+
10.310.9+
10.410.10+
10.510.11†
10.610.12†
10.7Amended and Restated Forward Purchase Agreement, dated February 6, 2019, among Tortoise Acquisition Corp., Tortoise Sponsor LLC and Atlas Point Energy Infrastructure Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-229537) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).
10.8Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s CurrentAnnual Report on Form 8-K10-K (File No. 001-38823) filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019)February 24, 2022).
31.1*10.13†
10.14†
10.15†
10.16†
10.17†
10.18†
14.1*
21.1*
23.1*
31.1*
51

31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL)


*Filed herewith.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement, as required by Item 15(a)(3).
+    The schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
52

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TORTOISE ACQUISITION CORP.
HYLIION HOLDINGS CORP.
Date:  March 23, 2020By:/s/ Vincent T. Cubbage
Date: February 28, 2023By:Vincent T. Cubbage/s/ Thomas Healy
Thomas Healy
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-Kreport has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NameTitleDate
SignatureTitleDate

/s/ Vincent T. Cubbage

Thomas Healy

President and Chief Executive Officer President and

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 23, 2020
Vincent T. Cubbage Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2023
Thomas Healy

/s/ Stephen Pang

Jon Panzer
Chief Financial Officer and DirectorMarch 23, 2020
Stephen Pang
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
February 28, 2023
Jon Panzer

/s/ Andrew J. Orekar

H. Card, Jr.
DirectorMarch 23, 2020February 28, 2023
Andrew J. OrekarH. Card, Jr.

/s/ Frank M. Semple

Elaine L. Chao
DirectorMarch 23, 2020February 28, 2023
Frank M. SempleElaine L. Chao

/s/ Sidney L. Tassin

Jeffrey A. Craig
DirectorMarch 23, 2020February 28, 2023
Sidney L. TassinJeffrey A. Craig
/s/ Vincent T. CubbageDirectorFebruary 28, 2023
Vincent T. Cubbage
/s/ Mary E. GustanskiDirectorFebruary 28, 2023
Mary E. Gustanski
/s/ Howard JenkinsDirectorFebruary 28, 2023
Howard Jenkins
/s/ Robert M. Knight, Jr.DirectorFebruary 28, 2023
Robert M. Knight, Jr.
/s/ Stephen PangDirectorFebruary 28, 2023
Stephen Pang

72


54